You are on page 1of 140

Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

PART I: VOCABULARY
Unit 1 : HOME LIFE (cuộc sống gia đình)

1. act [ækt] (v) : hoạt động 19. to dress [dres] (v) : mặc quần áo
-> action   ['ækʃn] (n) : hành động 20. do research = research (v): nghiên cứu
-> active   ['æktɪv] (a) : năng động 21. eel [ i:l] (n) : con lươn
-> activity   [æk'tɪvətɪ] (n) : hoạt động -> eel soup : cháo lươn
2. all over the place : khắp mọi nơi 22. to end up : kết thúc
3. annoy [ə'nɔɪ] (v) : làm phiền 23. exam result (n): kết quả thi
-> annoyed (a) : bị làm phiền 24. family rule : qui tắc gia đình
-> annoying (a) : đáng phiền 25. to feel + adj : cảm thấy
4. to apply [ə'plai] (v): thích hợp với ai 26. frankly ['fræηkli](adv) : thẳng thắn,
-> apply for sth : xin (việc) 27.  garbage = rubbish ['gɑːbɪdʒ] (n): rác
5. as much as possible : hết sức có thể -> to take out the garbage : đổ rác
6. at night : vào ban đêm 28. generally ['dʒenərəl] : nhìn chung
7. attempt   [ə'tempt] (n) : sự cố gắng =in general = overall
in an attempt to V 29. to get on well with : hòa đồng với
8. base on (v/n): dựa trên/ nền tảng 30. to get together : họp lại
-> basement (n) : nền móng, tầng hầm 31. to give a hand (with) = help (with): giúp đỡ
9. be at work : đang làm việc 32. good at : giỏi về
10. believe in  [bɪ'liːv] (v) : tin tưởng 33. great grandfather (n) : ông cố, ông cụ
11. biology  [baɪ'ɒlədʒɪ] (n) : môn sinh 34. hard-working (a) : chăm chỉ
-> biological [baɪ'ɒlədʒɪ kl] (n): thuộc sinh học 35. household  ['haʊshəʊld] : hộ gia đình
-> biologically (adv) -> household chores (n) : việc nhà
-> biologist  [bai'ɔlədʒist](n) : nhà sinh vật học = housework = domestic chores
12. busy (with) + V-ing ['bɪzɪ] : bận rộn -> run the household  : trông nom việc nhà
13. care  for [keə] (v) : chăm sóc -> do household chores : làm việc nhà
= look after = take care of 36. hurry ['hʌrɪ] (v/n) : (sự) vội vàng
-> caring (a) : chu đáo -> be in a hurry (v) : đang vội
14. close-knit ['klousnit] :gắn bó với nhau 37. to leave .......for ........ : rời…..đến
15. to come up = happen = occur: xảy ra 38. to join hands = work together : chung sức
16. confide in [kən'faid] (v) : tin tưởng, tâm sự 39. like # unlike : giống như # ko như
-> confidence ['kɒnfɪdəns] (n): sự tự tin 40. make sure (v) : đảm bảo, chắc chắn
-> confident ['kɒnfɪdənt] (a) : tin tưởng, tin cậy 41. to mend [mend] (v) : sửa chửa
17. daughter ['dɔːtə] (n) : con gái 42. message   ['mesidʒ] (n) : thông báo
18. to decide on [dɪ'saɪd] (v): quyết định 43. mischievous ['mist∫ivəs] (a): tinh nghịch
= make a decision on = make up one’s mind -> mischief   ['mist∫if] (n) : trò tinh nghịch
-> mischievously (adv)
1
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

44. miss [mɪs] (v): bỏ lỡ, nhớ -> separation  [‚sepə'reɪʃn] (n): sự tách biệt nhau
45. obedient(to sb/sth)[ə'bi:djənt](a):biết vâng lời 58. share one’s feeling : chia sẻ tình cảm
-> obediently (adv) -> share  sth with sb [ʃeə] : chia sẻ
-> obedience (n) : sự vâng lời -> share household chores : chia sẻ việc nhà
46. one another: lẫn nhau (3 người trở lên) 59. shift  [∫ift] (n) : ca làm việc
each another : lẫn nhau (2 người) -> work on a night shift : làm ca đêm
47. to play tricks (on sb) : chơi xỏ ai. 60. so that S + V : để
48. pressure ['preʃə(r)] (n) : áp lực 61. solve   [sɒlv] (v) : giải quyết
-> under a lot of study pressure -> solution to [sə'luːʃn] (n): giải pháp
: chịu nhiều áp lực học hành 62. special dishes : món ăn đặc sản
49. problem [‘prɒb.ləm] (n) : vấn đề 63. spread out : trải dài, tản ra
50. project ['prɒdʒekt] (n) : đề án, dự án 64. suitable for  ['su:təbl] (a) : phù hợp
51. relationship [rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp] : mối quan hệ -> suitably (adv)
52. responsibility [ri,spɔnsə'biləti]: trách nhiệm 65. to support [sə'pɔ:t] : ủng hộ
-> take the responsibility for sth: chịu tr/nhiệm -> support/raise sb : nuôi ai đó
-> responsible to sb for sth -> supportive of (a) : hay giúp đỡ
53. to rush to = go quickly(v) : đi nhanh -> supportively (adv)
54. to shake hands : bắt tay 66. until   [ən'tɪl] : cho đến khi
55. secondary school : trường trung học 67. upbringing ['ʌpbriηiη] (n) : sự giáo dục
56. secure   [si'kjuə] (a) : an tâm 68. well-behaved (a) : có đạo đức tốt
-> security  [sɪ'kjʊrətɪ] (n) : sự an toàn 69. willing (to do sth) (a) : sẵn sàng làm gì
57. separate  ['sepəreɪt] (v/a) : phân chia # unwilling : ko sẵn lòng
-> separately (adv) : tách biệt nhau 70. win a place at university :đỗ vào trg đại học

Unit 2: CULTURAL DIVERSITY


(sự đa dạng về văn hóa)
1. (dis)appear[ə'piə] (v): xuất hiện # biến mất -> agreement  [-mənt] (n) : sự đồng ý
-> appearance [ə'pɪərəns](n) : ngoại hình -> in agreement with
-> disappearance (n) : biến mất 5. American [ə'merɪkən](n) : người Mỹ
2. to approve [ə'pruv] (v) : chấp thuận 6. Asian   ['eɪʃn] (n) : người Châu Á 
-> approval [ə'pruvl] (n) : sự chấp thuận 7. Attitude to/toward ['ætɪtjuːd] : quan điểm về
3. act [ækt] (v) : hoạt động 8. attract  [ə'trækt] (v) : thu hút
-> action   ['ækʃn] (n) : hành động -> be attracted to : bị thu hút
-> active   ['æktɪv] (a) : năng động -> attractive  [-tɪv] (a) : hấp dẫn
-> activity   [æk'tɪvətɪ] (n) : hoạt động -> attractiveness (n) : sự thu hút
4. agree  with [ə'griː] (v) : đồng ý -> physical attractiveness: sự h/dẫn về ngoại hình
-> agreeable   [ə'grɪəbl] (a) : vừa ý, dễ chịu 9. based on : dựa vào

2
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

10. be supposed  [sə'pəʊz] (v): được cho là -> diversity = variety [dai'vəsiti] (n): sự đa dạng
11. beauty   ['bjuːtɪ] (n) : vẻ đẹp 29. equal  to ['iːkwəl] (a) : công bằng
-> beautiful   ['bjuːtəfʊl] (a): đẹp -> equality   [iː'kwɒlətɪ] (n) : sự công bằng
-> beautifully  ['bjuːtəflɪ] (adv) -> equally   ['iːkwəlɪ] (adv)
-> beautify   ['bjuːtɪfaɪ](v): làm đẹp 30. factor ['fæktə] (n) : nhân tố
12. believe in (v) : tin vào 31. to fail the exam [feɪl] : thi rớt
-> belief   [bɪ'liːf] (n) : niềm tin 32. fall in love (with) : yêu ai, phải lòng ai
13. bride [braid] (n) : cô dâu 33. follow   ['fɑləʊ] (v) : theo sau
14. compare   [kəm'peə] (v) : so sánh 34. generation [,dʒenə'rei∫n] (n) : thế hệ
-> in comparison with /kəm’pær.ɪ.sən/ : so với 35. good – better – best (a) : tốt-tốt hơn- tốt nhất
15. concern (with/ about)[kən'sɜːn] : quan tâm 36. grateful [‘greiful] (to sb) (for sth): biết ơn
16. conduct ['kɔndʌkt] (v) : tiến hành 37. groom = bridegroom [grum] (n) : chú rể
-> conduct a survey : tiến hành cuộc khảo sát 38. to hold hands : nắm tay
17. to confide in sb [kən'faid] : tin tưởng, tâm sự 39. husband   ['hʌzbənd] (n) : chồng
-> confidence ['kɒnfɪdəns] (n): sự tự tin 40. public  ['pʌblɪk] (a/n) : công cộng, quần chúng
-> confident ['kɒnfɪdənt] (a) : tin tưởng, tin cậy -> in public ['pʌblik] : công khai
-> confidently (adv) 41. India   ['indjən] (n) : người Ấn Độ
18. conical ['kɔnikəl] (a) : có hình nón 42. key value (n) : giá trị cơ bản
19. to complain to sb about sth (v) : than phiền 43. maintain  [meɪn'teɪn] (v) : duy trì
20. cover with : bao phủ 44. majority [mə’dʒɒr.ə.ti] (n) : phần lớn
21. culture ['kʌlt∫ə] (n) : văn hóa 45. marry ['mæri] (v) : kết hôn
-> cultural ['kʌltʃərəl] (a) : (thuộc) văn hóa = get married to sb
22. decide   [dɪ'saɪd] (v) : quyết định -> married couple : cặp vợ chồng
23. to decide on [dɪ'saɪd] (v) : quyết định -> marriage ['mæridʒ] (n) : hôn nhân
= make a decision on = make up one’s mind -> contractual marriage: hôn nhân xếp đặt trước
-> decisive  [dɪ'saɪsɪv] (a) : quả quyết # romantic marriage : hôn nhân từ t/yêu
-> decisively (adv) 46. neighbour (n) 'neɪbər] : người hàng xóm
24. demand [dɪ'mɑːnd] (v) : đòi hỏi 47. oblige to = be compulsory for (v) bắt buộc
25. determine [dɪ'tɜːmɪn] (v) : quyết định -> obligation  [ɒblɪ'geɪʃn] (n) : sự bắt buộc
-> determination (n) : sự xác định 48. on the other hand : mặt khác
26. develop [dɪ'vel ə p] (v) : phát triển 49. partnership of equals : bình đẳng trách nhiệm
-> development  [-mənt] (n) : sự phát triển 50. photograph (v) ['foutəgrɑf] : chụp hình
27. differ [’dɪf.ər] (v) : khác biệt - > photograph = photo (n) : bức ảnh
-> difference [’dɪf.ər.ənts](n) : sự khác nhau -> photographer (n) [fə'tɑgrəfər] : người chụp ảnh
-> different from [’dɪf.ər.ənt] (a) : khác nhau -> photography (n) [fə'tɑgrəfɪ] : nghề nhiếp ảnh
28. diversify = vary [dai'vəsɪfaɪ](v) : đa dạng 51. precede [‚prɪː'sɪːd](v)
-> diverse = various [daɪ’vɜːs](a): đa dạng = come before # follow : đến trước # đến sau

3
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

52. Prize [ praiz] (n) : giải thưởng -> summary   ['sʌmərɪ] (n) : bảng tóm tắt
53. to protect…… from (v) : bảo vệ… khỏi 64. think   [θɪŋk] (v) : suy nghĩ
54. record ['rekɔːd] (n/v) : (sự) báo cáo -> thought   [θɔːt] (n) : ý nghĩ
55. reject = say not to ['ridʒekt] (v) : khước từ -> thoughtful ['θɔːtfʊl] (a) : ân cần, chu đáo
56. response [rɪ'spɒns] = reply = answer: phản hồi 65. to turn down # turn up : vặn nhỏ # vặn lớn
57. rhino ['rainou] (n) : con tê giác 66. tradition [trə'di∫n] (n) : truyền thống
58. romantic [roʊ'mæntɪk](a) : lãng mạn -> traditional (a) : theo truyền thống
59. sacrifice (for) ['sækrifais] (n/v): (sự) hy sinh -> traditionally (adv)
-> sacrificial [sæk.rɪ’fɪʃ.əl] (a) : hi sinh 67. trust   [trʌst] (n/v) : (sự) tin tưởng
-> sacrificially 68. upstair [,ʌp'steə] (adv) : ở tầng trên
60. Share (with) /ʃeəʳ/ (v) : chia sẻ 69. view [vjuː] (n) : quan điểm, tầm nhìn
61. show   [ʃəʊ] (v) : thể hiện, biểu diễn 70. wedding ceremony (n) : hôn lễ
62. significant = important [sɪg'nɪfɪkənt](a) 71. Wife – wives (pl) [waɪf] (n) : vợ
-> significance  [sɪg'nɪfɪkəns] (n) : sự quan trọng 72. (un)wise   [waɪz] (a) : (ko) thông minh
63. summarize ['sʌməraɪz] (v) : tóm tắt

UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALISING


(các cách hòa nhập xã hội)

1. a pair of glasses (n) một cặp mắt kính 13. attract sb’s attention (v) :gây sự chú ý của ai
2. accept   [ək'sept] (v) : chấp nhận = catch sb’s attention = get sb’s attention
-> acceptable [ək’sep.tə.bļ] (a): có thể chấp nhận - pay attention to : chú ý đến
-> acceptance [ək'septəbl] (n) : sự chấp nhận 14. be late for school : đi học trễ
3. admit [əd'mit] + V-ing : thừa nhận 15. be sorry for sth : lấy làm tiếc
4. airport [’er.pɔːrt] (n): sân bay 16. brief   [briːf] (a) : ngắn, gọn, nhanh
5. allow + to V1 [ə'laʊ] (v) : cho phép -> in brief : tóm lại
6. apologize to sb for sth (v) : xin lỗi ai về cái gì 17. busy (with) (V-ing)['bɪzɪ] (a): bận rộn
= to make an apology for sth 18. catch sb’s eye [kæʧ] : nhìn mắt của ai
7. approach = coming nearer to (v) : đến gần 19. choice [t∫ɔis] (n) :sự lựa chọn
8. appropriate for [ə'prəupriət] -> choose - chose – chosen [tʃuːz]: lựa chọn
= suitable for (adj) : thích hợp 20. hand   [hænd] (n) : bàn tay
9. argue with sb about sth ['ɑrgju] : tranh luận -> clap hands [klæp] (v) : vỗ (tay)
-> argument (n) ['ɑrgjʊmənt] : sự tranh luận -> raise hands : giơ tay
10. ask permission [pə'mi∫n] (n) : xin phép -> shake hands : bắt tay
11. assist = help [ə'sɪst] (v) : giúp đỡ -> hold hands : nắm tay
-> assistance [ə'sɪstəns] (n) : sự giúp đỡ 21. common ['kɑmən] (adj) : phổ biến
-> assistant [ə'sistənt] (n) : người trợ lý -> have in common : có cái chung
12. at hand : sắp đến, sắp tới 22. communication (n) : sự giao tiếp
4
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

-> communicate with [kə'mjunikeit] (v) : g/tiếp 46. pass [pæs] (v) : đi ngang qua
-> communicative [kə'mju:nikətiv](a) : cởi mở 47. perfect   ['pɜrfɪkt] (a) : hoàn hảo
23. complement on ['kɒmplɪment] (n) : lời khen 48. point at/to [pɔɪnt] (v) : chỉ vào
24. consider [kən'sɪdə] (v) : coi là, cân nhắc, 49. polite [pə'laɪt] (a) # impolite: lịch sự # ko l/s
25. decent [‘disnt] (a) : đứng đắn, chỉnh tề 50. probale   ['prɒbəbl] (a) : có lẽ
26. either….or… : hoặc…hoặc… -> probaly (adv)
27. excite   [ɪk'saɪt] (v) : gây hào hứng 51. reasonable ['riznəbl] (a) : hợp lý
-> exciting (a) : hứng thú 52. relate to [rɪ'leɪt] (v) : liên quan đến
-> excited about (a): háo hức 53. rude = impolite [ruːd] (a): thô lỗ
28. form [fɔːrm] (n) : hình thức 54. separate ['seprət] (a) : riêng biệt
29. formal ['fɔrml] (a) : trịnh trọng 55. serious ['siəriəs] (a) : nghiêm trọng
-> informal = friendly [in'fɔml] (a): thân mật -> seriously (adv) ['sɪrɪəslɪ]
-> informality [ɪnfɔr'mælɪtɪ] (n) : sự thân mật 56. signal ['signəl] (n) : dấu hiệu
30. gesture   ['dʒestʃə(r)] (n) : điệu bộ, cử chỉ 57. simple = easy (a) : đơn giản, dễ dàng
31. get off # to get on (v) : xuống (xe..) # lên 58. slight [slait] (a) : nhẹ nhàng
32. hairstyle ['heəstail] (n) : kiểu tóc 59. society [sə'saiəti] (n) : xã hội
33. hurt sb’s feeling : làm tổn thương ai -> sociable   ['səʊʃəbl] (a) : hòa đồng
34. instance = situation ['instəns](n) : trườg hợp -> socialise ['səʊ∫əlaɪz] (v) : xã hội hóa
for instance = for example : chẳng hạn -> social ['sou∫l] (a) : thuộc xã hội
35. jump up and down [dʒʌmp] : nhảy lên 60. succeed (in)[sək’siːd](v): thành công
36. kid [kid] = joke [dʒoʊk] : nói đùa -> success   [sək'ses] (n) : sự thành công
37. lead into [lid] (v) : đưa vào, dẫn vào -> successful   [sək'sesfʊl] (a) : thành công
-> leader   ['lɪːdə(r)] (n) : người lãnh đạo 61. such as : chẳng hạn
38. look at : nhìn 62. suppose [sə'pəʊz] (v) : giả sử
after : chăm sóc 63. terrific = excellent= wonderful : tuyệt vời
for : tìm kiếm 64. think   [θɪŋk] (v) : suy nghĩ
up : tra từ điển -> thought   [θɔːt] (n) : ý nghĩ
39. (un)kind (a) : (un) tốt bụng, tử tế -> thoughtful ['θɔːtfʊl] (a) : ân cần, chu đáo
-> (un)kindness (a) : sự (ko) tốt bụng 65. depend on  [dɪ'pend] (v) : phụ thuộc
40. make a mistake [mɪ'steɪk] : phạm lỗi -> dependent on # independent of:
41. nod [nɑd] (v/n) : (cái) gật đầu (a) phụ thuộc # độc lập
42. noise   [nɔɪz] (n) : tiếng ồn -> dependence on # independence of
-> noisy ['nɔɪzɪ] (a) : ồn ào (n) sự phụ thuộc # sự độc lập
43. object to ['ɑbdʒɪkt] (v) : phản đối 66. verbal ['vəbl] (a) : bằng lời, hữu ngôn
44. observe [ə'bzəv] (v) : quan sát -> non-verbal (a): ko bằng lời, phi ngôn
45. obvious ['ɒbviəs] (a) : rõ ràng 67. waiter   ['weɪtə(r)] (n) : nam bồi bàn
-> obviously (adv) -> waitress   ['weɪtrɪs] (n) : nữ bồi bàn

5
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

68. wake up (v) : thức dậy 70. whistle [’wɪs.ļ] (v) : húyt sáo
69. wave (to/at sb) [weɪv] (v): vẫy tay 71. work out (v) : vạch ra

Unit 4 : SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM


(hệ thống giáo dục phổ thông)
A. READING
1. academic  [‚ækə'demɪk] (n): thuộc học thuật 20. educate [’ed.jʊ.keɪt] (v) : giáo dục
-> academic year [,ækə'demik jiə] : năm học -> education[edjuː'keɪʃn] (n) : sự giáo dục
2. Art [ɑːrt] (n) : mỹ thuật -> education level (n) : cấp học
3. Autumn ['ɔːtəm] (n) : mùa thu -> educational [edʒə'keɪʃnəl] (a) : Є giáo dục
4. boarding school [bɔrd skul] : trường nội trú -> educator [‘edju:keitə] (n) : nhà sư phạm
5. break   [breɪk] (n) : kì nghỉ 21. effectively [i’fektivli] (adv) : có hiệu quả
6. category = type ['kætɪgərɪ]: loại, hạng 22. essay [‘esei] (n) : bài tiểu luận
7. certificate [sə'tɪfɪkət] (n) : giấy chứng nhận 23. fee [fiː] (n) : tiền thù lao, lệ phí
-> birth certificate : giấy khai sinh - > tuition fees [tju'i∫n fiz] (n) :học phí
8. childcare environment : nhà trẻ -> fee- paying : trả học phí
9. compel  = must [kəm'pel] : phải, bắt buộc 24. field   [fɪːld] (n) : lĩnh vực
-> compulsory education : giáo dục phổ cập 25. free   [frɪː] (a) : tự do, miễn phí
-> compulsory for = required = obligatory (a) -> freedom ['frɪːdəm] (n) : sự tự do
# optional   ['ɒpʃənl] : bắt buộc # tự chọn 26. General Certificate of Secondary Education
10. computer’s memory :bộ nhớ của máy vi tính (GCSE) : kì thi TN THPT
11. to control [kən'troul] (v) : điều khiển 27. general education : giáo dục phổ thông
12. core [skɔː] (a) : chủ yếu, chính 28. government ['gʌvnmənt] (n) : chính phủ
13. course [kɔːs] (n) : khóa học 29. independent school : trường tư
14. curriculum [kə'rikjuləm] (n) : ch/trình học = public school = private school
15. depend on  [dɪ'pend] (v) : phụ thuộc 30. Information Technology : c/nghệ thông tin
-> dependent on # independent of: 31. Kindergarten = infant : trg m/giáo
(a) phụ thuộc # độc lập 32. last [læst] (v) : kéo dài
-> dependence on # independence of 33. level ['levl] (v) : cấp độ
(n) sự phụ thuộc # sự độc lập 34. lower secondary school : trường THCS
16. Design and Technology : thiết kế và kỹ thuật 35. make up of = consist of = comprise : bao gồm
17. detailed [‘diteild] (a) : chi tiết 36. method ['meθəd] (n) : phương pháp
18. differ from [’dɪf.ə(r) ](v): khác nhau 37. national curriculum ['næ∫ənl kə'rɪkjʊləm
-> difference ['dɪfrəns] (n) : sự khác nhau : chương trình giáo dục quốc gia
-> different ['dɪfrənt] (a) : khác nhau 38. examination [ɪg‚zæmɪ'neɪʃn] (n): kì thi
19. divide into [dɪ'vaɪd] (v) : phân chia -> take/ attend an exam : tham gia kì thi

6
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

-> national examination : kì thi quốc gia -> scientific [‚saɪən'tɪfɪk](a) : thuộc khoa học
39. nursery school ['nɜrsərɪ] : nhà trẻ -> scientist   ['saɪəntɪst](n) : nhà khoa học
40. on the whole : tóm lại 54. secondary education : giáo dục trung học
41. parallel ['pærəlel] (a) : song song 55. select [si’lekt] : lựa chọn
42. pay for (v) : trả tiền -> selection [sɪ'lek∫n] (n) : lựa chọn
43. Physical Education : môn giáo dục thể chất 56. separate ['sepəreɪt] (v): tách ra
44. powerful ['pauəfl] (adj) : quyền lực 57. similar to ['sɪmɪlə(r)] : tương tự
45. pre-school (n) : trước tuổi đi học -> similarity [sɪm.ɪ’lær.ɪ.ti] : sự tương tự
46. Primary school : trường tiểu học 58. stage [steidʒ] (n) : giai đọan
47. progress ['prougres] (n) : sự tiến bộ 59. system ['sistəm] (n) : hệ thống
48. public   ['pʌblɪk] (a) : công cộng 60. term [tɜːm] = semester (n): học kỳ
-> publicize  ['pʌblɪsaɪz] (v) : phổ biến -> half term : kì nghỉ giữa 2 học kì
49. publish   ['pʌblɪʃ] (v) : xuất bản 61. the state : nhà nước
50. qualification  [kwɑlɪfɪ'keɪʃn]: năng lực -> state school : trường nhà nước
51. require  [rɪ'kwaɪə(r)] (v) : yêu cầu 62. to be set : được đặt ra
-> meet the requirement of  : đáp ứng yêu cầu 63. set up = establish = found : thành lập
52. schooling ['skuliη] (n) : sự giáo dục ở trường 64. to put into force [fɔrs] : có hiệu lực
-> attend a school : đi học 65. upper secondary school : trường THPT
53. science   ['saɪəns] (n) : môn khoa học 66. well-behaved ['welbi'heivd]: hạnh kiểm tốt

UNIT 5 : HIGHER EDUCATION


(giáo dục đại học)

1. academically [,ækə'demikəli] : mặt lý 8. apply [ə'plaɪ] (v) : nộp đơn


thuyết -> apply for a job  [ə'plaɪ] (v): xin việc
2. achieve   [ə'tʃiːv] (v): đạt được -> apply to a company / university
-> achievement  [-mənt] (n) : thành tựu : nộp đơn vào công ty/ trường đại học
3. advanced  [əd'vɑːnst] (a) : nâng cao -> applicant ['æplɪkənt] (n) : người xin
-> Advanced Engineering :khoa công trình việc
n/cao -> application form : đơn xin việc
4. agriculture ['ægrikʌlt∫ə] (n) : nông nghiệp 9. appointment [ə'pɔintmənt] (n): cuộc hẹn
-> agricultural [ægrɪ'kʌlʧərəl] (a): Є nông -> make appointment : hẹn
nghiệp 10. as soon as possible : càng sớm càng
5. alarm [ə'lɑm] (n) : chuông báo động tốt
-> alarm clock : đồng hồ báo 11. as well as : cũng như
thức 12. base on (v) : dựa vào
6. all the time = always : luôn luôn 13. be + used to + V-ing : quen với
7. amazing [ə'meiziη] (a) : kinh ngạc 14. be afraid of +V ing : sợ

7
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

15. birth certificate (n) : giấy khai 34. follow ['fɑləʊ] (v): đi theo
sinh 35. get sick : bị bệnh
16. to blame …. for (v) : đổ lỗi ai 36. to get on with sb : hòa hợp
về cái gì với ai
17. to break into : đột nhập 37. to graduate from ['grædʒuət]: tốt nghiệp
18. campus ['kæmpəs] (n) : khu sân -> graduation [‚grædʒʊ'eɪʃn] (n) : sự tốt nghiệp
bãi -> undergraduate (n) : sinh viên chưa tốt nghiệp
19. challenge ['t∫ælindʒ] (v/n) : thách -> graduate (n) : sinh viên đã tốt nghiệp
thức -> postgraduate (n) : sinh viên học sau đại học
-> challenging = difficult [ˈtʃæl.ɪn.dʒɪŋ] (a) 38. primary school : trường tiểu học
20. chance [t∫ɑns] = opportunity (n) : cơ hội 39. secondary school : trường trung học
21. college   ['kɒlɪdʒ] (n) : trường cao đẳng 40. higher education = tertiary education
22. course   [kɔːs] (v) : khóa học : giáo dục đại học
-> take a course : tham gia khóa học 41. impression [im'pre∫n] (n) : ấn tượng
23. create   [kriː'eɪt] (v) : sáng tạo -> create a good impression on sb [ɪm'pres]
-> creative [kri'eɪtɪv] (a) : sáng tạo = make a good impression on sb : tạo ấn tg tốt
-> creativity [,kriei'tiviti] (n) : tính sáng tạo -> impressive [ɪm'presɪv] (a) : có ấn
24. daunt [dɔnt] (v) : làm nản tượng
long 42. indentity card [ai'dentəti kad]: thẻ căn
-> daunting ['dɔntiη] (a) : nản lòng cước
25. degrees Celsius [di’griz ['selsiəs] (n) : độ 43. inflation [in'flei∫n] (n) : sự lạm phát
C 44. install [in'stɔl] (v) : lắp đặt
26. engineer [‚endʒɪ'nɪə] (n) : kĩ sư 45. know   [nəʊ] (v) : biết
-> engineering   (n) : kĩ thuật 46. leave – left – left : rời khỏi
27. entrance examination : kì thi tuyển sinh leave for : đi đến
28. exist [ɪg'zɪst] (v) : tồn tại 47. light   [laɪt] (n) : ánh đèn, đèn
-> existence [ig'zistəns] (n) : sự tồn tại -> light – lit - lit (v) : đốt, thắp
29. explain to sb about sth  [ɪk'spleɪn]: giải 48. lonely ['ləʊlɪ] (a) : cô độc, hiu
thích quạnh
-> explanation [eksplə'neɪ∫n] : sự giải 49. make friends : kết bạn
thích 50. mate [meit] (n) : bạn bè
30. fail/pass the exam : rớt/ đậu kì -> roommate   (n) : bạn cùng phòng
thi 51. medicine [’med.ɪ.sən] (n) : thuốc
31. feel at home : cảm thấy thoải mái -> medical   ['medikəl] (a): thuộc ngành
32. fighting back tears : gạt nước 52. to make full use of : sử dụng triệt để
mắt 53. midterm ['midtəm] (n) : giữa năm học
33. fill in (v) : điền vào

8
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

54. notice   ['nəʊtɪs] (v/n) : chú ý 64. society [sə'saiəti] (n) : xã hội
thông báo -> social ['sou∫l] (a) : (thuộc) xã hội
55. on behalf of : đại diện -> social calendar['kælɪndə] (n):lịch c/tác xã
56. on time : đúng giờ hội
in time : kịp lúc -> socially (adv) : về mặt xã
57. over and over : nhiều lần lặp đi lặp lại hội
58. performance [pə'fɔməns] (n): sự biểu diễn 65. speed [spɪːd] (a) : tốc độ
59. price [praɪs] (n) : giá cả 66. suddenly ['sʌdnli] (adv) : đột ngột
60. project   [prə'dʒekt] (n): dự án 67. take part in = participate in : tham gia vào
61. provide with  [prə'vaɪd] (v)= supply: c/cấp 68. thief - thieves (n) : tên trộm
62. rise [raiz] (n/v) = increase in: (sự) gia tăng 69. thoroughly ['θʌrəli] (adv) : hoàn toàn
63. scary ['skeəri] (v) : làm sợ hãi 70. to be in a place : đang ở một nơi
= feel frightened

Unit 6: FUTURE JOBS


(công việc trong tương lai)
1. account [ə'kaunt] (n) : tài khoản = make a comment
2. admit  + V-ing [əd'mɪt] : thừa nhận 14. company  ['kʌmpənɪ] (n) : công ty
-> admission   [əd'mɪʃn] (n) : sự thừa nhận 15. concentrate on = pay attention to: tập trung
3. advertise ['ædvətaiz] (v) : quảng cáo 16. congratulate on [kən'grætjʊleɪt] (v):chúcmừng
4. apply [ə'plaɪ] (v) : nộp đơn -> congratulation  [kən‚grætjʊ'leɪʃn] (n)
-> apply for a job [ə'plaɪ] (v) : xin việc 17. construct [kən'strʌkt] (v): xây dựng
-> apply to a company / university -> construction [kən'strʌk∫n] (n) : việc xây dựng
: nộp đơn vào công ty/ trường đại học 18. create [kri'eit] (v) : tạo nên
-> applicant ['æplɪkənt] (n) : người xin -> create a good impression on sb [ɪm'pres]
việc = make a good impression on sb : tạo ấn tg tốt
-> application form : đơn xin việc 67. depend on  [dɪ'pend] (v) : phụ thuộc
5. as much as possible: càng nhiều càng tốt -> dependent on # independent of:
6. available for [ə'veiləbl] (a) : có sẵn (a) phụ thuộc # độc lập
7. avoid + V-ing [ə'vɔid] (v) : tránh -> dependence on # independence of
8. bring with (v) : mang theo (n) sự phụ thuộc # sự độc lập
9. call for (v) : kêu, gọi 19. descend [di'send] (v) : đi xuống
10. candidate ['kændɪdeɪt] (n) : người xin việc 20. disappointed [,disə'pɔintid] (a): thất vọng
11. casual  ['kæʒjʊəl] (a) : bình thường 21. economist [i'kɔnəmist] (n) : nhà kinh tế học
-> casual clothes [klouđz] : quần áo bình thường 22. employ [im'plɔi] (v) : thuê, mướn
12. character ['kæriktə] (n) : nhân vật -> employee = worker [em'plɔɪi:]
13. comment on ['kɔment] (n/v) : (lời) phê bình :người làm thuê
9
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

-> employer = boss [em'plɔɪər] [bɒs]: người chủ 47. on time : đúng giờ
-> employment [im'plɔimənt] (n) : việc làm in time : kịp giờ
-> unemployment (n) : nạn thất nghiệp 48. particularly [pə,tikju'lærəli] (adv): đặc biệt
-> unemployed = out of work (a): bị thất nghiệp in particular = especially : đặc biệt
23. enthusiasm [in'θjuziæzm] (n) : sự nhiệt tình 49. personal service :ngành dịch vụ cá nhân
24. experience  [ɪk'spɪərɪəns] (n) : kinh nghiệm 50. position   [pə'zɪʃn] (n) : vị trí
25. explain sth to sb [ɪk'spleɪn] (v) : giải thích 51. predict [pri'dikt] (v) : dự đóan
26. export # import : xuất khẩu # nhập khẩu = to make some prediction (v)
27. express   [ɪk'spres] (v) : bày tỏ, diễn đạt 52. prepare for [pri'peə] : chuẩn bị cho
28. fall off : rơi xuống -> preparation [prepə'reɪ∫n](n) : sự chuẩn bị
29. farming technique (n) : kỹ thuật canh tác -> well-prepared (a) : chuẩn bị chu đáo
30. finance company : công ty tài chính 53. previous  ['prɪːvɪəs] (a): trước đó
31. find out (v) : tìm ra, tìm hiểu 54. qualification [‚kwɒlɪfɪ'keɪʃn] : năng lực
32. fog [fɔg] (n) : sương mù 55. recommendation (n) : lời giới thiệu
33. formally ['fɔmlli] (adv) : trang trọng 56. reduce  [rɪ'duːs] (v) : giảm bớt
34. get on # get off (v) : lên # xuống -> reduce pressure : giảm áp lực
35. go out for a meal: đi ra ngòai dùng bữa 57. relate  to [rɪ'leɪt] : liên quan đến
36. honest   ['ɒnɪst] (a) : thật thà 58. résume =curriculum vitae[ri'zjum]: lý lịch
37. in addition to [ə'dɪʃn] : ngoài ra 59. school certificate  [sə'tɪfɪkət] (n) : bằng cấp
38. interest in [‘ɪn.tər.est] (v/n) : (sở) thích = academic certificate
-> interested (a) : thích thú 60. self-confident [,self'kɔnfidənt] (a) : tự tin
-> interesting (a) : quan tâm 61. sense   [sens] (n) : ý thức, giác quan
39. interview ['intəvju] (n/v) : (cuộc) phỏng vấn -> sense of humour ['hju:mər]: khiếu hài hước
-> interviewee ['intəvju’i] (n): người đi phỏng vấn -> sense of responsibililty : ý thức trách nhiệm
-> interviewer ['intəvjuə] (n) : người phỏng vấn 62. share with  [ʃeə] (v) : chia sẻ
40. jot down = note down = write (v): ghi lại 63. shortcomings ['∫ɔt,kʌmiη] (n) : khuyết điểm
41. keeness [kɪːnis] (n) sự say mê, sự nhiệt tình 64. some pieces of advice : vài lời khuyên
-> be keen on sth : say mê 65. stress [stres] (v) : nhấn mạnh
42. make a real effort ['efərt] : hết sức cố gắng -> stressful [‘stresfl] (a) : gây ra căng thẳng
43. mention   ['menʃn] (v) : đề cập 66. suitable for [’sjuː.tə.bļ] : thích hợp cho
44. neat  = tidy [nɪːt] (a) : gọn gàng 67. take care of = look after : chăm sóc
45. nervous = worried ['nəvəs] (a) : lo lắng 68. technical aspect ['æspekt](n): khía cạnh k/thuật
46. offer the position (v) : giao việc làm
69. to turn off the lights : tắt đèn -> usually (adv) : thường thường
on the lights : mở đèn -> unusual [ʌn'ju:ʒl] (adv) : lạ, khác thường
70. transportation company (n) : công ty vận tải 72. vacancy ['veikənsi] (n) : vị trí còn bỏ trống
71. usual ['juʒl] (a) : bình thường = vacant position

10
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

73. wait for (v) : chờ đợi

Unit 8: LIFE IN THE FUTURE


(cuộc sống trong tương lai)
1. achieve   [ə'tʃiːv] (v) : đạt được 22. domestic chore = housework
-> achievement [ə'tʃiːv mənt] (n): thành tựu = household chore [də'mestik] : việc nhà
2. air travel : du lịch hàng không 23. dramatic [drə'mætik] (a) : đột ngột
3. appear [ə'piə] (v) : xuất hiện 24. develop   [dɪ'veləp] (v) : phát triển
-> disappear [,disə'piə] (v) : biến mất -> under-developed country : nước chưa phát triển
4. as for travel : về việc đi lại -> developing country : nước đang phát triển
5. aspect   ['æspekt] (n) : khía cạnh -> developed country : nước đã phát triển
6. bad- worse- worst : tệ- tệ hơn – tệ nhất -> development [di'veləpmənt] (n) : sự phát triển
7. to be based on : dựa vào, căn cứ vào 25. device   [dɪ'vaɪs] (n) : dụng cụ
8. be fitted with : được lắp đặt 26. to die from old age : chết vì tuổi già
9. to be bound to V1[baʊnd] : chắc chắn 27. economy  [ɪ'kɒnəmɪ] (n) : nền kinh tế
10. breath [breθ] (n) : hơi thở -> economic  [‚iːkə'nɒmɪk] (a): thuộc kinh tế
-> breathe   [briːð] (v) : thở -> economic depression: sự suy thóai về kinh tế
11. burden to  [bɜːdn] (n) : gánh nặng -> economical [‚'ekə'nɒmɪkl] (a) : tiết kiệm
12. to contribute to [kən'tribjut] (v) : đóng góp -> economics   (n): ngành kinh tế
-> contribution [kɑ:ntrɪ'bju:∫n] : sự đóng góp 28. Efficiently (adv) : hiệu quả
13. corporation = company (n): công ty 29. electricity  [‚ɪlek'trɪsətɪ] (n) : điện
14. danger  ['deɪndʒə] (n) : sự nguy hiểm 30. environment [ɪn’vaɪə.rən.mənt] : môi trường
-> be in danger of = at risk of : gặp nguy hiểm -> environmental (a) : thuộc môi trường
-> dangerous  [deɪndʒrəs] (a) : nguy hiểm 31. expect [iks'pekt] (v) : mong đợi
-> be in danger of : đang gặp nguy hiểm -> (un)expected (a) : (ko) được mong đợi
15. depend on [dɪ'pend] : phụ thuộc 32. experience [ɪk'spɪərɪəns] (n/v) : trải nghiệm
-> dependence [di'pendəns](a) : sự phụ thuộc 33. factory   ['fæktərɪ] (n) : nhà máy
-> dependent on [dɪ’pen.dənt] (a) : phụ thuộc 34. For instance = for example : ví dụ
-> independent of [indɪ’pen.dənt] : độc lập 35. force [fɔs] (v) : bắt buộc
-> independence [indi'pendəns] (n) : sự độc lập 36. full of (a) : đầy
16. to bring about = happen = occur : xảy ra 37. go electronic [,ilek'trɔnik] (v): điện khí hóa
17. (un)certain  ['sɜːtn] (a) : (ko) chắc chắn 38. go off = exploding : nổ
18. to conflict with sth (v) : xung đột = ring : rung, đổ chuông
19. to cut down (v) : giảm bớt 39. good – better – best: tốt-tốt hơn- tốt nhất
20. develop   [dɪ'veləp] (v) : phát triển 40. head office : văn phòng chính
-> development [dɪ'veləp mənt]: sự phát triển 41. health [helθ] (n) : sức khỏe
21. device   [dɪ'vaɪs] (n) : thiết bị -> health care : chăm sóc y tế

11
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

-> healthy   ['helθɪ] (a) : khỏe mạnh -> optimism   ['ɒptɪmɪzm] (n): sự lạc quan
42. ideal [ai'diəl] (a) : lí tưởng -> optimistic about [,ɔpti'mistik] (a): lạc quan
43. in our hand : trong tầm tay 58. peace [pis] (n) : hòa bình
44. influence on = impact on = effect on -> peaceful ['pi:sfʊl] (a) : hòa bình
(v/n) : ảnh hưởng 59. period   ['pɪrɪəd] (n) : tiết (học),thời kỳ
-> a huge influence on ['ɪnflʊəns] : ả/hưởng lớn 60. pessimist ['pesɪmɪst] (n) : người bi quan
45. instead of : thay vì -> pessimistic [,pesi'mistik] (a): bi quan
46. invent   [ɪn'vent] (v) : phát minh -> pessimism  ['pesɪmɪzm] (n): sự bi quan
> inventor   [ɪn'ventə(r)](n): người phát minh 61. petrol ['petrəl] (n) : dầu
-> invention [ɪn'venʃn] (n) : sự phát minh 62. powerful  ['paʊə(r)fʊl] (a): quyền lực
47. labour-saving (a) : tiết kiệm sức lao động 63. progress = improvement (n) : sự tiến bộ
-> labour-saving device : thiết bị…… 64. put off = postpone (v) : trì hoãn
48. (un)likely to V (a) : (ko) có khả năng 65. responsibility [ri,spɔnsə'biləti]: trách nhiệm
49. linked to ['liηkt] (v) : được kết nối với -> take the responsibility for sth: chịu tr/nhiệm
50. lose – lost – lost (v) : mất, thua -> responsible to sb for sth
51. medicine   ['medɪsɪn] (n) : thuốc, y học 66. run on (v): chạy bằng
-> medical   ['medɪkl] (a) : thuộc y học 67. security   [sɪ'kjʊrətɪ] (n) : sự an toàn
-> medical system['medɪkl 'sɪstəm]: hệ thống y tế 68. Selfish [‘selfi] (a) : ích kỉ
52. methane gas [‘miː.θeɪn gæs] :khí mê tan 69. to be similar to : tương tự
53. micro technology : công nghệ vi mô 70. space shuttle tecnology (n): công nghệ phi
54. no longer : ko còn nữa thuyền con thoi
55. normal = typical: (a) : thông thường 71. space station [speɪs 'steɪ∫n] : trạm vũ trụ
= usual = ordinary 72. spacecraft ['speis'krɑft] (n) : tàu vũ trụ
56. On the contrary : ngược lại 73. straight line [streit lain] (n) : đường thẳng
57. optimist ['ɒptɪmɪst] (n) : người lạc quan
74. Take work : làm việc
75. telecommunications [,telikə,mjuni'kei∫nz] (n) viễn thông
76. terrorism ['terərizəm]:chủ nghĩa khủng bố
-> terrorist ['terərist] (n) : người khủng bố 82. wipe sth out = close (v) : đóng cữ
77. thanks to : nhờ vào
78. the chemist’s [‘kemist] : cửa hàng dược phẩm
79. threat   [θret] (n) : sự đe dọa
-> threaten   ['θretn] (v) : đe dọa
80. vary  ['verɪ] (v) : đa dạng
-> variety   [və'raɪətɪ] (n) : sự đa dạng
-> various  ['verɪəs /-veər-] (a) : đa dạng
81. whole [houl] (a) : toàn bộ

12
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

UNIT 1-2 – TENSES


MULTIPLE CHOICE 1
1. Water ___________ of hydrogen and oxygen.
A. is consisting B. consists C. has consisted D. will consist
2. After he._________ his English course, he went to England to continue his study
A. has finish B. had finished C. was finished D. would finish
3. How___________ since _____________college?
A. are you- left B. were you- left
C. have you been- have left D. have you been- left
4. I_________ much of you lately. We__________ three months ago
A. haven’t seen- last met B. didn’t see- met
C. haven’t seen- have meet D. didn’t see- have met
5. When I got to the station, John __________for me for 10 minutes
A. has been waiting B. had been waiting
C. was waiting D. is waiting
6. How many questions ____________ you ___________ so far?
A. do/ answer B. will/ answer
C. did/ answer D. have/ answered
7. When I arrived at the meeting the first speaker_____________ speaking and the
audience______________
A. just finished- were clapping B. had just finished- had clapped
C. had just finished- were clapping D. just finished- had clapped
8. In the last hundred years, travelling __________ much easier and more comfortable
A. become B. has become C. became D. will became
th
9. In the 19 century, it_________ two or three months to across North America by
covered wagon
A. took B. had taken C. had been taken D. was taking
10. In the past, the trip__________ very rough and often dangerous, but things _____ a
great deal in the last hundred and fifty years
A. was- have changed B. is- change
C. had been- will change D. has been- changed
11. The police caught the thief who _____________John’s bicycle
A. had stolen B. has stolen C. stole D. was stolen
12. Right now, I _________some help. What are you doing? Can you give me a hand?
A. am needing B. need C. will need D. have needed
13. When Carol________ last night, I_________ my favorite show on television
A. was calling- watched B. called- have watched
C. called- was watching D. had called- watched
14. By the time next summer, you________ your studies
A. completes B. will complete
C. are completing D. will have completed
Page 13
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

15. Right now, Jim________ the newspaper and Kathy_________ dinner


A. reads- has cooked B. is reading- is cooking
C. has read- was cooking D. read- will be cooking
16. Last night at this time, they________ the same thing. She and he_____ the newspaper
A. are doing- is cooking- is reading
B. were doing- was cooking- was reading
C. was doing- has cooked- is reading
D. had done- was cooking- read
17. At this time yesterday, Mr. and Mrs. Green’s daughter ____________the floor
A. were cleaning B. cleaned
C. was cleaning D. had been cleaning
18. Every day I _________up at 6 o’clock, _______breakfast at seven o’clock
and_______ for work at 8 o’clock
A. get- eat- leave B. have got- eating- leaving
C. got- ate- left D. will get- have eaten- left
19. I ___________for this company for more then thirty years, and I intend to stay here
until I____________next year
A. am working- will retire B. am going to work- am retiring
C. work- am going to retire D. have been working- retire
20. As you _____________ your car at the moment, can I borrow it?
A. don’t use B. aren’t using C. haven’t used D. won’t use
21. When the power went out, the clerks _____________ the reports for the meeting.
A. have copied B. copied C. were copying D. are copying
22. The team___________ a single match so far this season
A. doesn’t win B. didn’t win C. hasn’t won D. hadn’t won
23. By the time you receive this letter, I __________ for the USA
A. have left B. will leave C. will have left D. am leaving
24. Up to now, the manager _________ a lot of information about his secretary.
A. learned B. has learned C. had learned D. learns
25. The sun ___________ in the East and _____________ in the West.
A. rises/ sets B. is rising / is setting
C. has risen/ has set D. will rise/ will set
26. While I _______along the road, I saw a friend of mine.
A. was cycling B. have cycled C. cycled D. am cycling
27. By the time I ________ this report, I will give you a ring.
A. type B. will have typed C. have typed D. will type
28. While my mother ________ a film on TV, my father was cooking dinner. It was
March 8th yesterday.
A. watched B. was watching C. had watched D. watches
29. Sally ______________ really hard for her exams this week.
A. takes B. will be taking C. is taking D. had taken

Page 14
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

30. When we came, a party _________ in the hall.


A. is being held B. had being held
C. will be held D. was being held
31. He _________ in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
32. When I came to visit her last night, she ________ a bath.
A. is having B. was having C. has D. had
33. When we arrived at the restaurant, the others __________ .
A. left B. have left C. had left D. are leaving
34. By the end of 2010 we_______ in Ho Chi Minh City for 30 years.
A. work B. will have workedC. have worked D. will work
35. I learned that the college ________ in 1900
A. found B. was founded
C. founded D. had been founded
36. By the time he _____________ to the meeting, it had begun for 15 minutes.
A. had gone B. has gone C. went D. was going
37. As you _____________ your car at the moment, can I borrow it?
A. don’t use B. aren’t using C. haven’t used D. won’t use
38. He began to feel ill while ___________________.
A. he is doing the exam B. he did the exam
C. he would do the exam D. he was doing the exam.
39. Since 1980, scientists the world over _____ a lot of things to fight against AIDS.
A. have done B. are doing C. did D. had done
40. Now my sister _____ a bicycle of her own.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. had
41. My girl friend arrived after I _____ for her about half an hour.
A. was waiting B. had been waiting
C. have been waiting D. have waited
42. I _____ in Quang Ngai before I moved to Binh Thuan.
A. have been living B. have lived
C. had been lived D. had been living
43. Many people ________living in Seattle because it _____________ continually.
A. are hating / is often raining B. have hated / will often rain
C. hate / often rains D. hated / was often raining
44. Everyday, Tom ____________ rice and vegetables for lunch but today he _______
chicken soup and roast beef. Today’s his brother’s wedding.
A. has/ is having B. has/has had
C. is having / has D. has had/ has
45. While I ____________ T.V last night, a mouse ran across the floor.
A. was watching B. watched C. am watching D. watch
46. This large goat ___________ in the mountains of Switzerland.

Page 15
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. only lives B. is only living C. has only lived D. only lived


47. I __________ a lot of interesting people while I __________ in Norway.
A. met/ worked B. was meeting/ was working
C. met/ was working D. was meeting/ worked
48. I suddenly remembered that I __________.to bring my keys.
A. having forgotten B. have forgotten
C. had forgotten D. forgot
49. By the year 2010 many people currently employed ________their jobs.
A. will have lost B. will be losing
C. have lost D. are losing
50. By September next year I_______ here for ten years.
A. will be working B. work
C. will have been working D. have been working

MULTIPLE CHOICE 2
1. He ____________ for ten minutes when the bus arrived.
A. has waited B. had been waited
C. has been waiting D. had been waiting
2. Before I started the car, all of the passengers ________ their seat belts.
A. buckle B. had buckled C. bucked D. have buckled
3. The man got out of the car, _________ round to the back and opened the boot.
A. has walked B. had walked C. walked D. walks
4. She ____________ ill for a month.
A. is B. was C. has been D. had been
5. My father always ____________ to work by bus.
A. goes B. go C. is going D. has gone
6. I saw a car accident while I ___________ for you on this corner.
A. is waiting B. was waiting C. have waited D. waited
7. I ______________ Tom three weeks ago.
A. meet B. is meeting C. was meeting D. met
8. He’ll leave as soon as he __________ the news.
A. knows B. know C. has known D. had known
9. She was playing the piano when our guests __________ last night.
A. arrived B. had arrived C. was arriving D. would arrive
10. When we got to the bookshop yesterday, they ______________ the book I
wanted to buy.
A. sold B. had sold C. have sold D. will sell
11. Mr. Smith __________ at this school since he graduated in 1980.
A. taught B. is teaching C. has taught D. was teaching
12. I __________English for 4 years before I entered this school.
A. learnt B. had been learnt
Page 16
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. have learnt D. had been learning


13. After she _________ her course, she intends to work in her father’s company.
A. will finish B. will have finished
C. finishes D. is finishing
14. By the time I go to bed tonight, I __________ my work for the day.
A. will finish B. have finished
C. will have finished D. finished
15. This is the first time I _________ the experiment by myself.
A. have done B. do C. would do D. did
16. By the end of next year, they _________ married for 20 years.
A. will be B. will have been being
C. will have been D. will get
17. When I see the doctor this afternoon, I ___________ him to look at my throat.
A. will ask B. asked C. would asked D. has asked
18. I’ll return Bob’s pen to him the next time I _____________ him.
A. see B. will see C. will have seen D. have seen
19. I _______ all of the questions correctly since I began this grammar exercise on
verb tenses.
A. am answering B. has answered C. have answered D. answered
20. I __________ in the café having a drink when the police arrived.
A sat B. was sat C. was sitting D. have sat
21. When I was a boy, I ______________ tea to coffee.
A. prefer B. preferred C. was preferring D. have preferred
22. I ____________ swim in this river when I was young.
A. used to B. am used to C. use to D. was used to
23. She came in the room while they______________ television.
A. watch B. have watched
C. are watching D. were watching
24. I ___________ headache since yesterday.
A. had B. was having C. have had D. would have
25. When the telephone rang, she _________ a letter.
A. wrote B. is writing C. was written D. was writing
26. It’s an hour since he ____________ so he must be at the office now.
A. is leaving B. was leaving C. has left D. left
27. Most students__________ hard for the last few weeks.
A. were working B. worked
C. have working D. have been working
28. When ______________ the car, you’ll agree with me about it.
A. you saw B. you’ve seen C. you would see D. you will see

Page 17
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

29. The baby _______________ no-stop for the past two hours.
A. cried B. was crying
C. is crying D. has been crying
30. The girl weeps whenever she ______________ such a story.
A. hears B. has heard C. will hear D. heard
31. As soon as ___________ another apartment, we _______________.
A. we’re finding / will move B. we found / moved
C. we’d find / move D. we find / would move
32. My teacher arrived after I _______________ for him for ten minutes.
A. was waiting B. have waited C. had waited D. waited
33. This is the first time I ____________ to play badminton.
A. have tried B. am trying
C. was trying D. . would be trying
34. We reached the house after we _______________ for almost an hour.
A. cycled B. were cycling
C. have been cycled D. had been cycling
35. I ___________ my pencil. May I borrow one of yours?
A. broke B. have broken C. was breaking D. had broken
36. The patient __________ in the emergency room for almost an hour before a
doctor finally treated her.
A. is waiting B. was waiting
C. has waited D. had been waiting
37. While Mary was cleaning the apartment, her husband _______________TV.
A. watched B. was watching C. would watch D. has watched
38. In the last five months, he ___________ only three letters to his parents.
A. has written B. wrote C. would write D. had written
39. By the time Bernard’s daughter graduates, he ______________
A. has retired B. will retire
C. will be retiring D. will have retired
40. Nobody _________from Amada since she ____________ to the Seychelles.
A. heard / went B. has heard / went
C. heard / has gone D. has heard / has gone
41. When he didn’t arrive by 6.00. I knew that he _____________ the bus.
A. missed B. has missed C. had missed D. would miss
42. Jim, why don’t you take some time off? You __________ too hard lately. Take
a short vacation.
A. worked B. work
C. were working D. have been working
43. My family loves this house. It ______ the family home ever since my
grandfather built it 60 years ago.
A. was B. has been C. is D. will be

Page 18
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

44. I ___________ there once a long time ago, and I ____________ back since.
A. was going/ did not go B. have gone/ will not be
C. went/ have not been D. had gone/ was not
45. Jane _________ at my house when you _____________.
A. is/ will arrive B. will be/ will arrive
C. Will be/ arrive D. is/ are going to arrive
TEST 3 : There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the
mistakes (A, B, C, or D).
1. Next week when there will be a full moon, the ocean tides will be higher.
2. Do you know how many teachers does our school have?
3. That's my sister over there. She stands near the window.
4. Mr. Ba rides his bicycle to work at the moment.
5. The marathon runner has been running for almost two hours when he collapsed to the
pavement.
6. Mark took many trips to Asia since he started his own import-export business.
7. The children had been playing ball for the last two hours, but they don't seem to be tired
yet.
8. Up to now Michael wrote five novels and over sixteen short stories.
9. I am polishing this table all the morning but she isn't satisfied with it yet.
10. The next important question we have to decide is when do we have to submit the
proposal.
11. With his father's guidance, Mozart playing the clavier at the age of three and
composing when he was five.
12. As soon as he will graduate, he's going to return to his hometown.
13. By the time I return to my hometown, I am away from home for more than- five years.
14. Tom wants to get married, but he doesn't meet the right person yet.
15. By the end of the 21 st century, scientists have discovered the cure for the common
cold
16. I saw that movie three times, and now I want to see it again.
17. Last night I have had dinner with two friends. I have known both of them for a long
time.
18. So far this week the teachers are giving us a lot of homework every day.
19. There are more than 40 presidents of the United States since it became a country.
20. By the time he left the office, he have attended three meetings.

Page 19
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

21. We are waiting for Mike for the last two hours, but he still hasn't arrived.
22. The apartment was hot when I got home, so I was turning on the air conditioner.
23. By the time Phong arrived to help, we have already finished moving everything.
24. Last Sunday while Sandy cleaned out the attic, she found her mother's wedding dress.
25. I think you have asked me five or six questions since we have begun this exercise.

WRITING : TENSE REVISION


I. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.
Ex: I (last) saw her when I was a student / 2 years ago.  I haven’t seen her since I was

a student / for 2 years.

1. We last saw Tom when he moved to Bristol.  We have ...............................................

2. She (last) wrote to me nearly 2 years ago.  She has .....................................................

3. This film was (last) shown on TV nearly 10 years ago.  This film has .........................

4. She last swam in the river 3 years ago.  She has ..........................................................

5. I last visited the city museum 5 years ago. I have ............................................................

6. I haven’t attended the club since 1998.  I last ..............................................................

7. I haven’t seen him for 2 months.  I last ........................................................................

8. I haven’t gone swimming for 2 years.  I last ................................................................

II. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given.


EX: He started working for this factory a year ago.
 He has been working for this factory since last year / for a year.
1. Tom began playing the piano 4 years ago.  Tom has ...................................................

2. I started cooking for the party 4 hours ago.  I have ......................................................

3. She started working as a secretary 2 years ago.  She has .............................................

4. My sister began to study English a year ago.  She has .................................................

5. My father is reading a newspaper. He started 2 hours ago.  My father has ..................

6. Scientists began to fight against AIDS in 1980.  Scientists have .................................

Page 20
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

7. This hospital began to use laser treatment 5 years ago.  This hospital has been ..........

8. She started working as a book keeper for this company 5 years ago.  She has ............

9. She started studying English 6 years ago.  She has ......................................................

10. How long have you studied English?  When ...............................................................

11. The Browns have been living in London for 20 years.  The Browns began ................

12. John has worked for this electronics firm since 1999.  John started ...........................

13. Jack and Jill have learned to drive for 2 weeks.  Jack and Jill started ........................

14. Mr. Smith has taught in this college since 1989.  John started ...................................

15. I’ve been working for the company for a year.  I started ............................................

16. When did she begin to do research on lung cancer?  How long ..................................

III. IT’S TIME + SINCE = HAVEN’T / HASN’T


1. He started to learn English eight years ago.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
2. I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
3. I haven’t laughed so much for ages.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
4. I haven’t seen him for ages.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
5. I haven’t stayed in a hotel for years.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
6. I last saw her 5 years ago.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
7. It is ages since Alex visited his parents.
Alex has...............................................................................................................................
8. John has not had his hair cut for over 6 months.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
9. My aunt Jennifer had never been so much healthy for months.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
10. The telephone rang hours ago
It’s........................................................................................................................................

IV. S + LAST + V = S HAVEN’T / HASN’T = THE LAST TIME + S + V


1. He hasn't talked to his wife since they had a quarrel.
The last...................................................................................................................................
He last...................................................................................................................................
Page 21
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

2. I haven’t attended the club since 1998.


The last...................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
3. I haven’t been to Bristol for three years.
The last...................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
4. I haven’t been to London since 1972.
The last...................................................................................................................................
5. I haven’t gone swimming for 2 years.
The last...................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
6. I haven’t played tennis since 1990.
The last...................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
7. I haven’t seen him for two months.
I last........................................................................................................................................
The last...................................................................................................................................
8. I haven’t seen him since I was a student.
The last...................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
9. I last heard from him in July.
I have......................................................................................................................................
I last........................................................................................................................................
10. I last read that book on November 20th.
The last...................................................................................................................................
I have......................................................................................................................................

V. START / BEGAN
1. He has been working at the factory for 15 years.
He started...............................................................................................................................
2. I have been studying business administration in London for 2 years.
I began....................................................................................................................................
3. Jack and Jill have learned to drive for 2 weeks.
Jack and Jill started................................................................................................................
4. John has worked for this electronics firm since 1999.
John started............................................................................................................................
5. He started working here three years ago.
He has.....................................................................................................................................
6. I started cooking for the party 4 hours ago.
I have....................................................................................................................................
7. I started learning French 6 years ago.
I have....................................................................................................................................
8. I started work for the company a year ago.
I’ve.......................................................................................................................................
9. My father is reading a newspaper. He started 2 hours ago.
My father has........................................................................................................................
10. Mr. Smith has taught in this college since 1989.

Page 22
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

Mr. Smith started..................................................................................................................

VI. WHEN  HOW LONG


1. How long have you lived in this house?
When....................................................................................................................................
2. How long have you studied English?
When....................................................................................................................................
3. How long is it since they bought the house?
When....................................................................................................................................
4. How long is it since we met?
When....................................................................................................................................
5. How long is it since you saw Tom?
When....................................................................................................................................
6. When did she begin to do research on lung cancer?
How long..............................................................................................................................
7. When did you start to play chess?
How long..............................................................................................................................
8. How long is it since Mrs Hill died?
When....................................................................................................................................

VII THE FIRST TIME


1. I have never been in an important examination.
This is...................................................................................................................................
2. I haven’t seen that man here before.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
3. I’ve never eaten this before.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
4. I’ve never met such a famous person before.
It’s........................................................................................................................................
5. I’ve never tasted pheasant before.
This is the.............................................................................................................................
6. It’s the first time she has seen that boy here.
She has.................................................................................................................................
7. This is the first time I’ve been to London.
I have never..........................................................................................................................
8. This is the first time I’ve lived in such a friendly neighborhood.
I’ve.......................................................................................................................................

VIII. BEFORE / AFTER / BY THE TIME


1. First he booked the restaurant, and then he invited everybody.
Before ................................................................................................................................
2. Harry left before we reached the hotel.
By the time.........................................................................................................................
3. He worked very hard for the exam. Then he passed it.
Before ................................................................................................................................
4. Hoa learned her lessons. Then she went out for a walk.
Before ................................................................................................................................
5. I didn’t have breakfast before I left the house this morning.
Page 23
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

When .................................................................................................................................
6. I finished all my work. Then Ben arrived.
After ..................................................................................................................................
7. I finished all my work. Then Ben arrived.
By the time ........................................................................................................................
8. I prepared dinner for my family after I went to the supermarket.
By the time ........................................................................................................................
9. Mr. Brown studied abroad for four years then he returned home as an excellent
engineer.
Before ................................................................................................................................
10. My brother drank some orange juice. Then he felt a little bit better.
Before ................................................................................................................................
11. On arriving in London. I wrote a letter home.
When ...............................................................................................................................
12. When I came back from work, I saw an accident.
On....................................................................................................................................
13. On visiting the old museum, I collected many valuable documents.
When ...............................................................................................................................
14. When the man met his old friends, he burst into tears.
On ...................................................................................................................................
15. On seeing her mother, the girl moved to tears.
When ...............................................................................................................................
16. During the dinner, the telephone rang.
While...............................................................................................................................
17. During the summer holiday, we met many new friends.
While...............................................................................................................................
18. During the lunch time, the telephone rang.
While...............................................................................................................................
19. While we were having breakfast, someone knocked at the door.
During..............................................................................................................................
20. During the visit to London, we made friends with many visitors.
While ..............................................................................................................................
21. John bought a new computer. First he checked all the prices.
After ................................................................................................................................
By the time.......................................................................................................................
22. They decided to go on a trip to Nha Trang. First they had some problems.
After.................................................................................................................................
By the time.......................................................................................................................
23. He worked very hard for the exam. Then he passed it.
Before/ By the time..........................................................................................................................
After.................................................................................................................................................
24. First my teacher considered what to say. Then he decided to talk to his students.
After.................................................................................................................................................
25. Hoa learnd her lessons. Then she went out for a walk.
Before/ By the time..........................................................................................................................
After.................................................................................................................................................

Page 24
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

26. My brother drank some orange juice. Then he felt a little bit better.
Before / By the time.........................................................................................................................
After.................................................................................................................................................
27. The men argued. Then they fought.
After.................................................................................................................................................
Before..............................................................................................................................................
28. Her son went out to the supermarket. Then he had an accident.
Before / By the time.........................................................................................................................
After.................................................................................................................................................
29. The girls read a magazine. Then they went to a fashion shop.
Before/ By the time..........................................................................................................................
After.................................................................................................................................................
30. I watched a badminton match. Then I wrote a report.
After.................................................................................................................................................
Before/ By the time..........................................................................................................................
31. She last swam in the river three years ago
She hasn’t.....................................................................................................................................
32. I have never seen snow before
This...............................................................................................................................................
33. The last time it rained was a fortnight ago
It
34. She started working as a book-keeper for this company five years ago
She has..........................................................................................................................................
35. We haven’t seen him for four years
It’s four years................................................................................................................................
36. Laurence hasn’t seen her sister since she left for Japan
Laurence last.................................................................................................................................
37. I last visited the city museum five years ago
It’s ................................................................................................................................................
38. She hasn’t talked to him for two years
The last.........................................................................................................................................
39. Lucy hasn’t worn that dress since Barbara’s wedding
The last.........................................................................................................................................
40. The last time he played tennis was In 1990
He.................................................................................................................................................
41. I haven’t attended the club since 1998
I last..............................................................................................................................................
The last.........................................................................................................................................
42. We think that you should leave for Dalat
It’s high time................................................................................................
43. John began playing the piano 10 years ago
John has.......................................................................................................
44. They last visited me 5 years ago
They haven’t................................................................................................
45. He hasn’t been back to his home town for over 20 years now
It is...............................................................................................................

Page 25
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

46. I’ve never tasted pheasant before


This is the....................................................................................................
47. The last time it snowed here was 6 years ago
It..................................................................................................................
48. He started investigating the case a week ago
He has..........................................................................................................
49. John and Mary moved to Edinburgh 20 years ago
It is...............................................................................................................
50. This will be the orchestra’s first performance outside London
This will be..................................................................................................
51. She hasn’t been to the hairdresser for 3 months
It’s ..............................................................................................................
52. I haven’t eaten this kind of food before
This is the ...................................................................................................
53. We haven’t seen Tom since he moved to Bristol
The last time................................................................................................
54. I haven’t seen him since I was a student
I last.............................................................................................................
55. I haven’t heard him since August
The last time................................................................................................

UNIT 1: HOME LIFE


I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
rest.
1. A. hands B. parents C. chores D. boys
2. A. brothers B. weekends C. problems D. secrets
3. A. clothes B. cloths C. roofs D. books
4. A. enjoys B. feels C. takes D. gives
5. A. attempts B. shares C. looks D. beliefs

II. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
6. A. hospital B. mischievous C. supportive D. special
7. A. family B. whenever C. obedient D. solution
8. A. biologist B. generally C. responsible D. security
9. A. confident B. important C. together D. exciting
10. A. possible. B. university C. secondary D. suitable

III. Choose the best answer:


11. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high
school.
A. biology B. biological C. biologist D. biologically
12. Are you sure that boys are more _______ than girls?
A. act B. active C. action D. activity
13. Most doctors and nurses have to work on a _______ once or twice a week at the
hospital.
A. solution B. night shift C. household chores D. special dishes

Page 26
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

14. We enjoy _______ time together in the evening when the family members gather in
the living room after a day of working hard.
A. spending B. caring C. taking D. doing
15. It is parents' duty and responsibility to _______ hands to tae care of their children
and give them a happy home.
A. shake B. hold C. join D. take
16. He is a _______ boy. He is often kind and helpful to every classmate.
A. frank B. lovely C. obedient D. caring
17. Doctors are supposed to _______ responsibility for human life.
A. do B. take C. rush D. join
18. _______ sure that you follow the instructions carefully. .
A. Believe B. Try C. Do D. Make
19. Sometimes Mr. Pike has to work very late _______ night to do some important
experiments.
A. in B. at C for D. on
20. Peter was _______ a hurry to go so he did not stop to greet me.
A. in B. on C. with D. over
21. It _______ it is parents' responsibility to take good care of their children.
A. commonly says that B. commonly to be said that
C. is commonly said that D. is commonly saying
22. I _______ complete silence now while I try this experiment.
A. am wanting B. want C. did want D. have wanted
23. The students _______ by Mrs. Monty. However, this week they _______ by Mr.
Tanzer.
A. are usually taught / are being taught
B. usually teach / are teaching
C. have usually been taught / have been teaching
D. were usually teaching / are teaching
24. You are old enough to take _______ for what you have done.
A. responsible B. responsibility
C. responsibly D. irresponsible
25. These quick and easy _______ can be effective in the short term, but they have a
cost.
A. solve B. solvable C. solutions D. solvability
26. According to the boss, John is the most _______ for the position of executive
secretary.
A. supportive B. caring C. suitable D. comfortable
27. What are the _______ of that country? - I think it is some kinds of cheese and
sauces.
A. drinks B. beverages C. grains D. special dishes
28. Peter tried his best and passed the driving test at the first _______.
A. try B. attempt C. doing D. aim
29. With greatly increased workloads, everyone is _______ pressure now.
A. under B. above C. upon D. out of
30. A: “ I have a terrible headache” _ B: “________________________?
A. Maybe I’m not going to the doctor’s
B. Not very well. Thanks

Page 27
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. Maybe you should take a rest


D. Not bad. I’m not going to the doctor’s
31. A: “ Do you want me to help you with those suitcase?” _ B: “___________”
A. Of course, not for me B. No, I can’t help you now
C. No, those aren’t mine D. No, I can manage them myself.
32. A: “ What does it cost to get to Manchester?” _ B: “________________”
A. It’s interesting to travel to Manchester B. It depends on how you go
C. I always go by train D. I don’t like to go by train
33. A: “_____________________” _ B : “ Yes, Do you have any shirts?”
A. Could you do me a favor? B. Oh, dear. What a nice shirt!
C. May I help you? D. White , please.
34. A: “ How have you been recently?” _ B: “_______________________”
A. It’s too late now B. Pretty busy, I think
C. By bus, I think D. No, I’ll not be busy

IV. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the
mistakes (A, B, C, or D).

35. Yesterday, David crossed the street when a truck turned the corner very fast and
almost hit him
36. Although I am busy to study for my exam, I try to help my parents with as much
housework as possible
37. Dad is always wiling to give a hand in cleaning the house.
38. I am now under my attempt to win a place at university
39. Our students are obedience and hard-working but they are mischievous sometimes.

V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.


The nuclear family, consisting of a mother, father and their children, may be more
an American ideal than an American reality. Of course, the so-called traditional American
family was always more varied than we has been led to believe, reflecting the very
different racial, ethnic, class and religious customs among different American groups.
The most recent government statistics reveal that only about one third of all current
American
Families fit the traditional mold and another third consists of married couples who either
have no children or have none still living at home. Of the final one third, about 20 percent
of the total number of American households are single people, usually women over sixty –
five years of age. A small percentage, about 3 percent of the total, consist of unmarried
people who choose to live together; and the rest, about 7 percent are single, usually
divorced parents, with at least one child. Today, these varied family types are typical, and
therefore, normal. Apparently, many Americans are achieving supportive relationship in
family forms other than the traditional one.
40. With what topic is the passage mainly concerned?
A. The traditional American family B. The nuclear family
C. The current American family D. The ideal family
41. The writer implies that ______________ .

Page 28
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. there have always been a wide variety of family arrangement in the United Sates.
B. racial, ethnic, and religion groups have preserved the traditional family structure.
C. the ideal American family is the best structure.
D. fewer married couples are having children.
42. The word “current” in line 5 could best be replaced by which of the following?
A. typical B. present C. perfect D. traditional
43. According to the passage, married couples whose children have grown or who have
no children represent ______________ .
A. 1/3 percent of households B. 20 percent of households
C. 7 percent of households D. 3 percent of households
44. Who generally constitutes a one – person household?
A. A single man in his twenties B. An elderly man
C. A single woman in her late sixties D. A divorced woman.

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in
the following passage:
In the home a dad is very important. He is the (45) ___ who provides us with money to
feed and clothe ourselves. He can decorate your bedroom, mend your radios, make cages
for your pets, repair a puncture in your bicycle tyre and help you with maths homework. A
dad can be very useful for (46) ___ you in the car to and from parties, music and dancing
lessons.
A dad is the person whom you ask for (47)___ money. He is the one who complains
about the time you spend talking on the phone, as he has to pay for the bills. Dad is
someone who will support you in an (48)___, if he believes you to be right. He is someone
who reads your school report and treats if it is good. A dad likes to come into a nice happy
home evening, and settle back in his chair with a newspaper. He likes to (49) ___ his
National Service days.
45. A. man B. someone C. person D. anyone
46. A. bringing B. taking C. picking D. carrying
47. A. pocket B. spending C. expense D. account
48. A. talk B. discussion C. disagreement D. argument
49. A. remind B. realize C. recognize D. recall

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)
CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
50. Our parents join hands to give us a nice house and a happy home.
A. deal with B. manage C. help together D. work together
51. Brian and Eliza are having a dispute over which radio station to play at work. It would
be so much simpler if they both liked the same kind of music.
A. musical instrument B. choice of music
C. discovery D. disagreement
52. The doctor decided to give her a thorough examination so that he could identify the
cause of her illness.
A. set up B. make out C. get over D. look up

VIII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)
OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
53. Your house is always so neat. How do you manage it?
Page 29
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. dirty B. messy C. tidy D. organize


54. Women are said to be of a majority in the fashion and cosmetics industry.
A. opposition B. support C. minority D. superiority
55. Fuel supplies have been exhausted.
A. replenished B. refilled
C. provided D. purchased

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently

1. A. misses B. washes C. changes D. goes

2. A. matches B. judges C. stages D. comes

3. A. stops B. laughs C. attacks D. lives

4. A. reads B. bathes C. wears D. learns

5. A. rises B. brings C. fills D. robs

6. A. opens B. listens C. speaks D. enjoys

7. A. bats B. dates C. bags D. speaks

8. A. halves B. photographs C. speeds D. meals

9. A. scientists B. satellites C. families D. birthmarks

10. A. beams B. tops C. months D. locks

11. A. proofs B. looks C. lends D. stops

12. A. wants B. books C. stops D. sends

13. A. houses B. rides C. washes D. passes

14. A. laughs B. photographs C. machines D. parents

15. A. likes B. kisses C. watches D. teaches

UNIT 2: CULTURAL DIVERSITY


TEST 1
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
rest.
1. A. naked B. looked C. booked D. hooked
2. A. concerned B. raised C. developed D. maintained
3. A. appeared B. agreed C. coughed D. loved
4. A. sacrificed B. trusted C. recorded D. acted
5. A. laughed B. weighed C. helped D. missed
Page 30
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

II. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
6. A. partnership B. romantic C. actually D. attitude
7. A. believe B. marriage C. response D. maintain
8. A. summary B. different C. physical D. decision
9. A. attractiveness B. traditional C. generation D. American
10. A. certain B. couple C. decide D. equal

III. Choose the best answer


11. London is home to people of many _______ cultures.
A. diverse B. diversity C. diversify D. diversification
12. John cannot make a _______ to get married to Mary or stay single until he can
afford a house and a car.
A. decide B. decision C. decisive D. decisively
13. My mother used to be a woman of great _______, but now she gets old and looks
pale.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
14. Some researchers have just _______ a survey of young people's points of view
on contractual marriage.
A. sent B. directed C. managed D. conducted
15. It is not easy to ------our beauty when we get older and. older.
A. develop B. maintain C. gain D. collect
16. Many young people have objected to _______ marriage, which is decided by the
parents of the bride and groom.
A. agreed B. shared C. contractual D. sacrificed
17. All parents are _______ to at least try to behave in ways that will give their own
children an important protection
A. decided B. supposed C. followed D. rejected
18. It is thought that traditional marriage _______ are important basis of limiting
divorce rates.
A. appearances B. records C. responses D. values
19. Affected by the Western cultures, Vietnamese young people's attitudes _______
love and marriage have dramatically changed.
A. for B. with C. through D. towards
20. Sometimes she does not agree _______ her husband about child rearing but they
soon find the solutions.
A. for B. on C. with D. of
21. The number of the participants in the survey _______ 250 students for Oxford
University.
A. are B. was C. were D. have been
22. In the past, people _______ to the beach more often.
A. have gone B. used to go C. were going D. had gone
23. Soon people _______ most of the time at home.
A. will work B. are working C. have worked D. work
24. I _______ a terrible accident while I _______ on the beach.
A. see / am walking B. saw / was walking
C. was seeing / walked D. have seen / were walking
25. After all, she _______ him since her childhood.

Page 31
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. knows B. knew C. was knowing D. had known


26. We _______ touch since we _______ school three years ago.
A. lost / have left B. have lost / leave
C. have lost / left D. were losing / had left
27. Although they are twins, they have almost the same appearance but they are
seldom in _______.
A. agree B. agreeable C. agreement D. agreeably
28. The more _______ and positive you look, the better you will feel.
A. confide B. confident C. confidently D. confidence
29. My parents will have celebrated 30 years of _______ by next week.
A. marry B. married C. marriageable D. marriage
30. You are not _______ to say anything unless you wish to do so.
A. obliged B. willing C. equal D. attracted
31. A woman can never have a happy married life without _______ her husband.
A. demanding B. agreeing C. trusting D.determining
32. _______ large number of India men agreed that it was unwise to confide in their
wives.
A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
33. Not all men are concerned with _______ physical attractiveness of their
girlfriends and wives.
A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
34. My mother is the only one that I can absolutely confide _______.
A. in B for C. with D. up
35. _______ in Rome than he _______.
A. No sooner he had arrived / was being kidnapped
B. No sooner had he arrived / was kidnapped
C. Had he no sooner arrived / kidnapped
D. No sooner was he arriving / had been kidnapped
36. _______ John usually watch TV at the weekend?
A. Will B. Is C. Does D. Has
37. I _______ there once a long time ago and _______ back since.
A. was / have not been B. had been / was not
C. would be / had not been D. have been / will not be
38. As many as ten-million children _______ with the virus by the end of this
decade.
A. have been infected B. will be infecting
C. had been infected D. will have been infected

IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer.


In the past, both men and women were expected to be married at quite young ages.
Marriages were generally arranged by parents and family, with their children having little
chance to say no in the matter. In the past it was not surprising to find that a bride and
groom had only just met on the day of their engagement or marriage.
In modern Vietnam, this has changed completely as people choose their own
marriage-partners based on love, and in consideration primarily to their own needs and
wants. Moreover early marriage is quite illegal.

Page 32
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important of traditional


Vietnamese occasions. Regardless of westernization, many of the age-old customs
practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding continue to be celebrated by both
Vietnamese in Vietnam and overseas, often combining both western and eastern elements.
Besides the wedding ceremony, there is also an engagement ceremony which takes place
usually half a year or so before the wedding. Due to the spiritual nature of the occasion,
the date and time of the marriage ceremony are decided in advance by a fortune teller. The
traditional Vietnamese wedding consists of an extensive array of ceremonies: the first is
the ceremony to ask permission to receive the bride, the second is the procession to receive
the bride (along with the ancestor ceremony at her house), the third is to bring the bride to
the groom's house for another ancestor ceremony and to welcome her into the family, then
the last is a wedding banquet. The number of guests in attendance at these banquets is
huge, usually in the hundreds. Several special dishes are served. Guests are expected to
bring gifts, often money, which the groom and bride at one point in the banquet will go
from table to table collecting.
39. In the past, _________.
A. Vietnamese couples were free to make a decision on the marriage
B. Vietnamese marriage was decided by parents and family
C. getting married at an early age was not allowed
D. parents had no right to interfere their children's marriage
40. In former days, the fact that a bride and groom had only first met just on the day of
their engagement or marriage was _________.
A. surprising B. popular C. uncommon D. strange
41. Which sentence is referred Vietnamese modern marriage?
A. Most young people do not have their marriage based on love.
B. All marriages are arranged by parents and family.
C. Marriage is quite westernization.
D. Couples do not get married at quite young ages.
42. According to the passage, __________.
A. Oversea Vietnamese people do not like to organize a traditional wedding
B. There is an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so before
the wedding
C. Many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding do not
exist nowadays
D. Vietnamese people never ask a fortune teller the date and time of the marriage
ceremony
43. Which does not exist in a Vietnamese wedding party?
A. firecrackers B. guests C. dishes D. gifts

V. Choose the best answer:


44. “ Would you like to go out with us?” – “____________”
A. No, thanks B. What a good idea C. I love to D. I’d love to
45. “ I’d like some tea.” – “____________”
A. Here you are B. You’re welcome C. That’s great D. It’s Ok
46. “ Would you mind closing the door?” – “___________”
A. I’ll do it B. I can C. No problem D. No, I wouldn’t

Page 33
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

47. “ Would you like me to take you to school?” – “_____________”


A. That’s very nice of you B. No, please C. Yes D. All are correct
48. Thank you very much. - ____________
A. Thanks B. Don’t mention it C. No at all D. Fine

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)
CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
49. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there
didn't seem to be any response.
A. feeling B. emotion C. reply D. effect
50. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world.
A. variety B. changes C. conservation D. number

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently

1. A. picked B. considered C. stayed D. received

2. A. talked B. decided C. started D. invited

3. A. washed B. booked C. missed D. collected

4. A. planned B. borrowed C. robbed D. talked

5. A. naked B. occurred C. studied D. supposed

6. A. enjoyed B. called C. offered D. watched

7. A. marked B. polluted C. stopped D. wretched

8. A. separated B. rented C. opened D. decided

9. A. failed B. absorbed C. solved D. reached

10. A. enjoyed B. watched C. stopped D cooked

11. A. phoned B. called C. cooked D. climbed

12. A. tolerated B. needed C. collected D. looked

13. A. mounted B. dated C. conquered D. handed

14. A. graduated B. asked C. processed D. finished

15. A. passed B. cooked C. realized D. shopped

16. A. lived B. asked C. stopped D. passed

17. A. eradicated B. defended C. unnoticed D. extended

18. A. walked B. knocked C. explained D. jumped


Page 34
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

19. A. phoned B. helped C. rained D. involved

20. A. arrived B. arrested C. mended D. decided

TEST 2
I. Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part.

1. A. obliged B. proposed C. sacrificed D. followed


2. A. sewed B. agreed C. covered D. protected
3. A. looked B. arrested C. decided D. attracted
4. A. smoked B. served C. discussed D. developed
5. A. showed B. concerned C. demanded ` D. maintained

II.Choose the word with the different stress pattern

6. A. activity B. American C. generation D. significant


7. A. attitude B. difference C. partnership D. appearance
8. A. confide B. unwise C. husband D. concern
9. A. certain B. reject C. value D. equal
10. A. suitable B. confident C. responsible D. mischievous

III. Choose the best answer :

11. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
A. sacrifice B. sacrificed C. sacrificial D. sacrificially
12. Most of us would maintain that physical ______ does not play a major part in how we
react to the people we meet.
A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractively
13. I do not think there is a real ______ between men and women at home as well as in
society.
A. attitude B. value C. measurement D. equality
14. A recent survey has shown that supporters of equal partnership in marriage are still in
the ____.
A. crowd B. particular C. majority D. obligation
15. She accepted that she had acted ______ and mistakenly, which broke up her marriage.
A. romantically B. unwisely C. wisely D. attractively
16. They decided to divorce and Mary is ______ to get the right to raise the child.
A. equal B. determined C. obliged D. active
17. His ideas about marriage are quite different ______ mine.
A. with B. from C. for D. on
18. I believe that he was concerned ______ all those matters which his wife mentioned.
A. with B. over C. upon D. above
19. She ______ me anything about that problem so far.
A. is not telling B. does not tell C. will not tell D. has not told
20. I think that everything ______ ready for the project procedure by the end of next
month.
A. will have been B. has been C. had been D. is
Page 35
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

21. Be quiet! Someone ______ at the front door. I ______ it.


A. is knocking / will answer B. knocks / am answering
C. has knocked / am going to answer D. will knock / have answered
22. Oranges ______ rich in vitamin C, which ______ good for our health.
A. have been / is B. are / is C. are / will be D. were / has been
23. They ______ enthusiastically when their teacher ______ in.
A. discuss / comes B. will have discussed / comes
C. will discuss / will come D. were discussing / came
24. – “ What an attractive hair style you have got, Mary!”  “___________.”
A. Thank you very much. I am afraid B. You are telling a lie
C. Thank you for your compliment D. I don't like your sayings
25. – “ You look great in this new dress.”  “___________”.
A. With pleasure B. Not at all
C. I am glad you like it D. Do not say anything about it
26. – “ How well you are playing!”  “___________”.
A. Say it again. I like to hear your words B. I think so. I am proud of myself
C. Thank you too much
D. Many thanks. That is a nice compliment
27. – “ Thanks for the nice gift you brought to us!”  “___________”.
A. Actually speaking, I myself don’t like it. B. Welcome! It’s very nice of you.
C. All right. Do you know how much it cost? D. Not at all. Don’t mention it.
28. – “ It’s time for lunch.”  “___________”.
A. Oh good! B. One hour C. Half past twelve D. What is it?
29. ________, women are responsible for the chores in the house and taking care of the
children.
A. With tradition B. On tradition C. Traditional D. Traditionally
30. All of the students are __________to pass the entrance examination in order to attend
the university.
A. obsessed B. obliged C. obtained D. observed
31. It is important to have someone that you can__________in.
A. talk B. speak C. confide D. know
32. Most adjectives can be used to __________a noun.
A. precede B. advance C occur D. stand
33. He __________for that company for five months when it went bankrupt.
A. has been worked B. has worked C. had been working D. was working
34. We need a decision ____________ this project by next week.
A. in B, on C. with D. to

IV. Choose the underlined part that needs correcting:


35. What are the traditional attitudes of Americans and Asians for love and marriage ?
36. Almost Indian men agree that it is unwise to confide on their wives.
37. In Asia, a husband is obliged telling his wife where he has been
38. Do you agree that a happy marriage should be based in love?
39. Birmingham, Huntsville and other cities have kept the attractive of small communities.
V. Read the passage and choose the best answer.

Page 36
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

Movements and gestures by the hands, arms, legs, and other parts' of the body and
face are the most pervasive types of nonverbal messages and the most difficult to control.
'It is estimated that there are over 200.000 physical signs capable of stimulating meaning
in another person. For example, there are 23 distinct eyebrow movements, each capable of
stimulating a different meaning.
Humans express attitudes toward themselves and vividly through body movements
and postures. Body movements express true messages about feelings that cannot be
masked. Because such avenues of communication are visual, they travel much farther than
spoken words and are unaffected by the presence of noise that interrupt, or cancels out
speech.
People communicate by the way they walk, stand, and sit. We tend to be more relaxed
with friends or when addressing those of lower status. Body orientation also indicates
status or liking of the other individual. More direct orientation is related to a more positive
attitude.
Body movements and postures alone have no exact meaning, but they can greatly
support or reject the spoken worD. If these two means of communication are dichotomized
and contradict each other, some result will be a disordered image and most often the
nonverbal will dominate.
40. Which part of body is not used to send body message?
A. faces B. legs C. hands D. stomachs
41. Face gestures ________.
A. can help us control our feelings B. are the most difficult to control
C. cannot express our feelings D. do not include eye brow moments
42. Body communication is ________.
A. visual B. verbal C. very few D. uncommon
43. According to the text, body movements cannot express ________.
A. feelings B. status C. attitudes D. desires
44. Nonverbal communication ________.
A. may be interrupted by noise
B. has no relation to verbal communication
C. dominates words
D. is less common than verbal communication

VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in
the following passage:
Throughout the world there are different (45) _______ for people to greet each other.
In much of the world, a handshake is the common form of welcoming and greeting
someone. In many countries around the Mediterranean Sea a light kiss on the cheek is the
appropriate way to welcome friends and family. It can be a very big surprise if you expect
to shake hands and get a kiss or a hug instead.
At times, it is difficult to tell what sort of greeting (46) _________ is followed.
People may bow, grab another’s arm or even slap the other person on the back. In some
places people just smile, look at (47) ______ face and say nothing.
Most people in the world are tolerant of visitors and don’t mind what travellers do
that seems wrong as long as the visitors are (48) ______. A big part of the (49) ______ of
world travel is experiencing different customs.
45. A. means B. ways C. methods D. technique

Page 37
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

46. A. habit B. routine C. custom D. tradition


47. A. other B. the others C. theirs D. the other’s
48. A. sincere B. truthful C. faithful D. hopeful
49. A. interest B. pleasure C. comfort D. delightfulness

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE
in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
50. The research contrary to common belief revealed some rather unexpected results.
A. impressive B. predictable C. surprising D. positive
51. She tried to look cold, but she was smiling in spite of herself.
A. hot B. heated C. interested D. mild
52. He was far from his own neighborhood or anything that might have looked familiar.
A. friendly B. near C. foreign D. strange
53. I was surprised at how crowded the city streets were.
A. empty B. narrow C. full D. small
54. The new road into the city was incredibly bumpy.
A. smooth B. flat C. even D. paved
55. The senator defended his opponent’s policies in a televised speech.
A. praised B. supported C. attacked D. attached

UNIT 3. REPORTED SPEECH


Test 1. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. Tom said that he ________ a good time.
A. has B. is having C. was having D. has had
2. He _______ that he was leaving way that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
3. She said to me that she ______to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. has written C. was writing D. had written
4. I ______him to sell that old motorbike.
A. said to B. suggested C. advised D. recommended
5. My parents reminded me ______the flowers.
A. remember to plant B. not to plant to plant
C. to plant D. planting
6. I asked Martha ______ to enter law school.
A. are you planning B. is she planning
C. was she planning D. if she was planning
7. Nam wanted to know what time ________.
A. does the movie begin B. did the movie begin
C. the movie begins D. the movie began
8. I wondered_______ the right thing.
A. whether I was doing B. if I am doing C. was I doing D. am I doing
9. The scientist said the earth ________ the sun.
A. goes around B. is going around
C. went around D. was going around
10. Peter said that if he ______rich, he ______a lot.
A. is – will travel B. were – would travel

Page 38
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. had been – would have travelled D. was – will travel


11. They said that they had been driving through the desert______.
A. the previous day B. yesterday
C. the last day D. Sunday previously
12. He asked the children ______too much noise.
A. not to make B. not making
C. don’t make D. if they don’t make
13. The man said that the days ______longer in summer.
A. will be B. are C. were D. can be
14. The teacher said Columbus ______America in 1942.
A. discovered B. had discovered
C. was discovering D. would discover
15. John said he ______her since they ______school.
A. hasn’t met – left B. hadn’t met - had left
C. hadn’t met – left D. didn’t meet – has left
16. The woman asked ______get lunch at school.
A. can the children B. whether the children could
C. if the children can D. could the children
17. Laura said that when she______to school, she saw an accident.
A. was walking B. has walked
C. had been walking D. has been walking
18. He asked, “Why didn’t she take the final exam?” - He asked why ______the final
exam.
A. she took B. did she take C. she hadn’t taken D. she had taken
19. Ba said he______ some good marks last semester.
A. gets B. got C. getting D. have got
20. They told their parents that they ______their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
21. She asked me where I______from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
22. She______me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
23. He asked me who______the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
24. He wants to know whether I ______back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
25. I wonder why he______love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
26. They asked me how many children______
A. I had B. had I C. I have D. have I
27. Thu said she had been___________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
28. The student said that the English test_______ the most difficult.
A. is B. was C. will be D. have been
29. He wanted to know _______ shopping during the previous morning.
A. if we had been going B. that if we had been going
C. we were going D. that we were going

Page 39
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

30. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
A. that did I know / who were Robert B. that I knew / who Robert were
C. if I knew / who Robert was D. whether I knew / who was Robert
31. The mother asked her son _______.
A. where he has been B. where he had been
C. where has he been D. where had he been
32. Martin asked me _______.
A. how is my father B. how my father is
C. how was my father D. how my father was
33. The host asked Peter _______ tea or coffee.
A. whether he preferred B. that he preferred
C. did he prefer D. if he prefers
34. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
A. where I spent / the previous year B. where I had spent / the previous year
C. where I spent / last year D. where did I spend / last year
35. He advised _______ too far.
A. her did not go B. her do not go C. her not to go D. she did not go
36. John often says he _______ boxing because it _______ a cruel sport.
A. does not like / is B. did not like / were
C. not liked / had been D. had not liked / was
37. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer _______.
A. before B. ago C. last D. previous
38. He asked _______ him some money.
A. her to lend B. she to lend C. she has lent D. she lends
39. Andrew told me that they _______ fish two _______ days.
A. have not eaten / ago B. had not eaten / previous
C. did not eat / before D. would not eat / last
40. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
A. had done / following B. will do / previous
C. would do / following D. was going / previous
41. John asked me _______ in English.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
42. The mother told her son _______ so impolitely.
A. not behave B. not to behave
C. not behaving D. did not behave
43. She said she _______ collect it for me after work.
A. would B. did C. must D. had
44. She said I _______ an angel.
A. am B. was C. were D. have been
45. I have ever told you he _______ unreliable.
A. is B. were C. had been D. would Be
46. I told him _______ the word to Jane somehow that I _______ to reach her during the
early hours.
A. passing / will try B. he will pass / tried
C. to pass / would be trying D. he passed / have tried
47. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.

Page 40
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
48. John asked me _______ interested in any kind of sports.
A. if I were B. if were I C. if was I D. if I was
49. John asked me _______ that film the night before.
A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
50. The guest told the host that _______.
A. I must go now B. he must go now
C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
51. The teacher told Joe _______.
A. to stop talking B. stop talking
C. stops talking D. stopped talking
52. She said she _______.
A. was very tired last night C. was very tired the night before
B. had been very tired last night D. had been very tired the night before
53. Emily said that her teacher _______ to London _______.
A. will go / tomorrow B. went / tomorrow
C. would go / the next day D. had gone / the next day
54. She told the boys _______ on the grass.
A. do not play B. did not play C. not playing D. not to play
55. She asked _______.
A. where was her umbrella B. where her umbrella was
C. where were her umbrella D. where her umbrella were
56. Jason asked me _______ me the book the day before.
A. if who gave B. if who has given
C. who had given D. that who had given
57. Robert said that his father _______ to Dallas the year before.
A. goes B. went C. has gone D. had gone
58. He wanted to know _______ shopping during the previous morning.
A. if we had been going B. that if we had been going
C. we were going D. that we were going
59. Tom _________ that he was having a party there in the evening.
A. asks B. said C. says D. told
60. Claire told me that her father _________ a racehorse.
A. owns B. owned C. owning D. has owned
61. You said you _________ chocolate, but you had never eaten any.
A. likes B. liking C. to like D. liked
62. Rachel insisted that they _________ plenty of time.
A. have B. to have C. having D. had
63. Rachel (a week ago): I’m taking my driving test tomorrow.
You (today): When I saw Rachel, she said she was taking her driving test ______.
A. the next day B. tomorrow C. yesterday D. last day
64. Emma (two days ago): I’ve only had this new computer since yesterday.
You (today): Emma said she’d only had the new computer since _________.
A. the day before B. last day C. yesterday D. tomorrow
65. Mathew (a week ago): I’m meeting a friend at the station later today.
You (today): Mathew said he was meeting a friend at the station later. . . . . . . . . .
A. there B. last day C. that week D. that day

Page 41
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

66. What did that man say_________?


A. at you B. for you C. to you D. you
67. I rang my friend in Australia yesterday, and she said it _________ raining there.
A. is B. were C. has been D. was
68. The builders have _________ that everything will be ready on time.
A. promised B. promise C. promises D. promising
69. The doctor _________ him to take more exercise.
A. told B. tell C. have told D. are telling
70. The last time I saw Jonathan, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he’d been on
holiday the _________ week.
A. ago B. following C. next D. previous
71. Yesterday, Laura _________ him to put some shelves up.
A. asked B. is asking C. ask D. was asked
72. Tom has _________ this story wasn’t completely true.
A. admitting that B. was admitted that C. admitted that D. admit that
73. When I rang Tessa sometime last week, she said she was busy _________ day.
A. that B. the C. then D. this
74. I wonder _________ the tickets are on sale or not.
A. that B. when C. where D. whether
75. Mathew _________ Emma that her train was about to leave.
A. has reminded B. has reminded that
C. reminded D. reminded that
76. Hello, Jim. I didn’t expect to see you today. Sophie said you _________ ill.
A. are B. were C. was D. should be
77. Ann _________ and left.
A. said goodbye to me B. says me goodbye
C. tell me goodbye D. told me goodbye
78. Bill was slow, so I _________ hurry.
A. tell him B. told him for C. told to D. told him to
79. I told you _________ switch off the computer, didn’t I?
A. don’t B. not C. not to D. to not
80. Sarah was driving too fast, so I _________ to slow down.
A. asked her B. asked C. have asked D. ask her
81. Someone _________ me that there’d been an accident on the motorway.
A. asked B. said C. spoke D. told
82. Sue was very pessimistic about the situation. I advised her _________.
A. no worry B. not to worry C. no to worry D. not worry
83. I couldn’t move the piano alone, so I asked Tom _________.
A. giving a hand B. gave a hand C. to give a hand D. give a hand
84. Tom said that New York _________ more lively than London.
A. is B. be C. was D. were
85. When he was at Oliver’s flat yesterday, Martin asked if he _________ use the phone.
A. can B. might C. may D. must
86. George couldn’t help me. He _________ me to ask Kate.
A. tell B. said C. told D. say
87. Judy _________ going for a walk, but no one else wanted to.
A. admitted B. offered C. promised D. suggested

Page 42
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

88. Jack asked me _________.


A. where do you come from B. where I come from
C. where I came from D. where did I come from
89. She asked me _________ I liked music.
A. who B. if C. while D. what
90. I said that I had met her _________.
A. yesterday B. the previous day C. the day D. the before day

Test 2. Choose the best indirect speech sentence for each of the direct one

1. “You should go to the lecture” the teacher said.


A. The teacher advised us should go to the lecture.
B. The teacher advised us going to the lecture.
C. The teacher advised us to go to the lecture.
D. The teacher advised us go to the lecture.
2 .“You’d better not go out without a raincoat.” He said.
A. He advised me to have better not to go out without a raincoat.
B. He advised me do not go out without a raincoat.
C. He advised me not to go out without a raincoat.
D. He advised not to go out without a raincoat.
3. He said to his wife, “Are you cooking in the kitchen now?”
A. He asked his wife if she was cooking in the kitchen now.
B. He told his wife that she was cooking in the kitchen then.
C. He asked his wife that she was cooking in the kitchen then.
D. He asked his wife if she was cooking in the kitchen then.
4. My teacher said to me, "Don't give up hope."
A. My teacher told me that don't give up hope.
B. My teacher told me don't give up hope.
C. My teacher told me whether not give up hope.
D. My teacher told me not to give up hope.
5. “I’m sorry I made a mistake.” said he.
A. He said he had made a mistake. B. He told he had made a mistake.
C. He apologized for making a mistake.
D. He blamed you for making a mistake.
6. “When did you leave school?” the interviewer asked me.
A. The interviewer told me when I had left school.
B. The interviewer asked me when I had left school.
C. The interviewer asked me when I left school.
D. The interviewer asked me when you had left school.
7. Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work.
A. He requested me not forget to go to the supermarket after work.
B. He asked me not to go to the supermarket after work.
C. He told me that I shouldn’t go to the supermarket after work.
D. He reminded me to go to the supermarket after work.
8. She wondered: “Why hasn’t Nancy come?”
A. She wondered why hasn’t Nancy come.

Page 43
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. She wondered why Nancy hadn’t come.


C. She wondered why Nancy hasn’t come.
D. She wondered why Nancy not came
9. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress
10. "Why don't you ask the teacher for help?" Peter asked me.
A. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
B. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help. ,
C. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
D. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.
11. “If I were you, I’d tell him the truth,” she said to me
A. She said to me that if I were you , I’d tell him the truth.
B. She will tell him the truth if she is me.
C. She advised me to tell him the truth.
D. She suggested to tell him the truth if she were me.
12. “Would you like to go to the cinema with me tonight?” he said.
A. He invited me to go to the cinema with him that night.
B. He offered me to go to the cinema with him tonight.
C. He asked me if I’d like to go to the cinema with him tonight.
D. He would like me to go to the cinema with him this night.
13. “ Why don’t you have your room repainted?” said Viet to Nam.
A. Viet suggested that Nam should have his room repaited.
B. Viet suggested to having Nam’s room repainted.
C. Viet asked Nam why you didn’t have your room repainted.
D. Viet wanted to know why Nam doesn’t have his room repainted.
14. He said: “I’m sorry I have to leave so early.”
A. He appologized for having to leave early.
B. He regretted not leaving earlier.
C. He left early and he feels sorry now.
D. He appologized for not leaving earlier.
15. “Let’s go to the cinema tonight” said Jane.
A. Jane wanted us to go to the cinema that night.
B. Jane invited us to go to the cinema that night.
C. Jane suggested going to the cinema that nibght.
D. Jane allowed us to go to the cinema that night.
16. If you’d passed your test, I’d have bought you a car.
A. He said that if I’d passed my test, he’d have brought me a car.
B. He said that if I passed my test, he would buy me a car.
C. He said that if you had passed your test, he would have bought you a car.
D. He said that if I passed your test, he would buy me a car.
17. People said: “The earth moves around the sun”
A. People said that the earth moves around the sun.
B. People said that the earth moved around the sun.
C. People said that the earth would move around the sun.

Page 44
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

D. B & C are correct.


18. “If I were you, I would do morning exercise regularly,” said John.
A. John asked me to do morning exercise regularly.
B. John prevented me from doing morning exercise regularly.
C. John congratulated me on doing morning exercise regularly.
D. John advised me to do morning exercise regularly.
19. “Remember to bring your books,” he said.
A. He reminded me to bring my books.
B. He warned me against bringing my books.
C. He asked me if I remembered to bring my books.
D. He said I remembered to bring my books.
23. Jack asked his sister ______.
A. where you have gone tomorrow
B. where she would go the following day
C. where would she go the following day
D. where you will go tomorrow
24. Peter apologized ______.
A. me for phoning not earlier B. not to phone me earlier
C. for not phoning me earlier D. not for phoning me earlier
25. “Why don’t we stay at home?” can be transformed as _________.
A. I suggest not staying at home B. I suggest that we should not stay at home
C. I suggest staying at home D. I suggest to stay at home
26. “Will you have time to play regularly?”, he said to Hồng.
A. He wanted to know Hồng if you will have time to play regularly.
B. He investigated Hồng if she will have time to play regularly.
C. He invited Hồng if you would have time to play regularly.
D. He asked Hồng if she would have time to play regularly.
27. “You work very hard”, my mother said to me.
A. My mother told me that I work very ha rd.
B. My mother told me that I worked very ha rd.
C. My mother told me that I had worked very ha rd.
D. My mother told me that I have worked very ha rd.
28. “We have a lift very often but it doesn’t work. ”, he said.
A. He said we have a lift very often but it doesn’t work.
B. He said they had a lift very often but it doesn’t work.
C. He said they had a lift very often but it didn’t work.
D. He said we had a lift very often but it didn’t work.
29. “Why don’t you like pop music?”, she asked Sơn.
A. She asked Sơn why doesn’t he like pop music.
B. She asked Sơn why he doesn’t like pop music.
C. She asked Sơn why didn’t he like pop music.
D. She asked Sơn why he didn’t like pop music.
30. “I am going to Brighton tomorrow. ”, said he.
A. He said he is going to Brighton tomorrow.
B. He said he was going to Brighton next day.
C. He said he was going to Brighton the following day.
D. He said he is going to Brighton the day after.

Page 45
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

31. “Are you hungry, Margaret?” Mary said.


A. Mary said to Margaret were you hungry.
B. Mary asked Margaret whether she was hungry or not.
C. Mary wanted to know if was Margaret hungry.
D. Mary said that Margaret was hungry.
32. “Do you go to school every day?”, he said to Thảo.
A. He said Thảo if you go to school every day.
B. He told Thảo if you went to school every day.
C. He asked Thảo if she went to school every day.
D. He invited Thảo if she had gone to school every day.
33. “Can you answer this question?”, the teacher said to me.
A. The teacher asked me I could answer that question.
B. The teacher asked me if I could answer that question.
C. The teacher asked me if I could answer this question.
D. The teacher asked me if I can answer that question.
34. “Write these lessons carefully”, my mother said.
A. My mother said to write these lessons carefully.
B. My mother told to me to write those lessons carefully.
C. My mother said to me to write these lessons carefully.
D. My mother told me to write those lessons carefully.
35. “We have to go now. ” Susan said.
A. Susan said that they had to go then. B. Susan said that we had to go then.
C. Susan said that they have to go now. D. Susan said that we have to go now.
36. “Does he go to work by bus?”, I asked his mother.
A. I asked his mother whether he goes to work by bus.
B. I asked his mother whether he went to work by bus or not.
C. I asked his mother if he went to work by bus or not.
D. I asked his mother if he goes to work by bus
37. “Can your brother swim?” Minh asked Hồng.
A. Minh asked Hồng if your brother could swim.
B. Minh asked Hồng whether your brother can swim.
C. Minh asked Hồng if her brother could swim.
D. Minh asked Hồng if her brother can swim.
38. “Don’t forget to turn off the lights before going out”, he said.
A. He said not to forget to turn off the lights before going out.
B. He reminded me of turning off the lights before going out.
C. He invited me not to forget to turn off the lights before going out.
D. He asked me to remember turning off the lights before going out.
39. “Is the food good, my dear?” my mother said.
A. My mother said to me if the food was good.
B. My mother told me if the food was good.
C. My mother asked me if the food was good.
D. My mother ordered me if the food was good.
40. “I have something to show you”, Hoa said to Bình.
A. Hoa told Bình she has something to show you.
B. Hoa told Bình she had something to show you.
C. Hoa told Bình she had had something to show him.

Page 46
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

D. Hoa told Bình she had something to show him.


41. “I’ll come with you as soon as I am ready”, he said to me.
A. He promised me he’d come with me as soon as he was ready.
B. He promised me he’d come with you as soon as he was ready.
C. He promised me he’d come with me as soon as I was ready.
D. He promised me he’ll come with you as soon as I was ready.
42. “I am going away tomorrow, mom. ”, the son said.
A. The son said that he was going away the next day, mom.
B. The son told his mom that he was going away the next day.
C. The son asked his mom if he was going away tomorrow.
D. The son said to his mom he was going away the next day.
43. “Do they teach music?”, he said.
A. He said they teach music. B. He said they taught music.
C. He asked if they teach music. D. He asked if they taught music.
44. “I don’t think your father likes me. ” he said to me.
A. He said to me he didn’t think your father liked me.
B. He said me he didn’t think your father liked him.
C. He told me he thought my father liked him.
D. He told me he thought my father disliked him.
45. “I’ll wait for you until you come”, she said to Nam.
A. She told Nam she’ll wait for you until he comes.
B. She told Nam she would wait for him until you came.
C. She told Nam she would wait for you until he came.
D. She told Nam she would wait for him until he came.
46. “I must write some letters now. ” my brother said.
A. My brother said he must write some letters now.
B. My brother said he had to write some letters now.
C. My brother said he had to write some letters then.
D. My brother said he must to write some letters then.
47. “Thank you very much for your help, John,” said Daisy.
A. Daisy thanked John for helping her.
B. Daisy told John to help her.
C. Daisy wanted John to help her and said thanks.
D. Daisy would like John to help her.
48. “It is you that stole my purse,” Mrs. Pike said to the young man.
A. Mrs. Pike told the young man that it was you that stole her purse.
B. Mrs. Pike denied the young man of stealing her purse.
C. Mrs. Pike accused the young man of stealing her purse.
D. Mrs. Pike asked the young man to steal her purse.
49. “You mustn’t get into the area,” the policeman said.
A. The policeman stopped them from getting into the area.
B. The policeman denied from getting into the area.
C. The policeman wanted them to get into the area.
D. The policeman suggested getting into the area.
50. “Whose composition haven’t we heard yet?” the teacher said to us.
The teacher asked us to tell her___________.
A. whose composition we haven’t heard yet.

Page 47
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. whose composition we hadn’t heard yet.


C. whose composition hadn’t we heard yet.
D. whose composition we hadn’t heard yet?
51. “You look beautiful in this dress. ” - Last night she told me that_________.
A. you look beautiful in that dress. B. you looked beautiful in that dress.
C. I’ll look beautiful in this dress. D. I looked beautiful in that dress.
52. “Hi, Bob. Did you take the job?” - Bob’s friend asked him ___________.
A. did he take the job B. whether you took the job.
C. if he had taken the job D. had he taken the job.
53. “How many people are there in your family?” - The interview asked me ___.
A. how many people there were in your family.
B. how many people were there in your family.
C. how many people were there in my family.
D. how many people there were in my family.
54. “Don’t stay up late. You should go to bed early,” Peter said to me.
A. Peter told me not to stay up late and promised to go to bed early.
B. Peter promised not to stay up late and ordered me to go to bed early.
C. Peter asked me do not to stay up late and advised me to go to bed early.
D. Peter told me not to stay up late and advised me to go to bed early.
55. “I will bring you some food. ” he said to me
A. He invited me to eat some food B. He offered to bring me some food
C. He told me to bring some food D. He advise me to bring some food
56. “I’ll tell you about this tomorrow, Mary. ” said Tom.
A. Tom said to Mary that he will tell her about that the next day
B. Tom told Mary that I would tell you about that the next day.
C. Tom told Mary that he would tell her about that the next day.
D. Tom told Mary that she would tell him about that the next day.
57. “I have something to tell you” Kerry said to Cheryl.
A. Kerry told Cheryl I had something to tell her.
B. Kerry told Cheryl he had something to tell her.
C. Kerry told Cheryl she had had something to tell him.
D. Kerry told Cheryl he had had something to tell her.
58. He said, “My wife has just bought a diamond ring. ”
A. He said that his wife had just bought a diamond ring.
B. He said that my wife had just bought a diamond ring.
C. He said that his wife has just bought a diamond ring.
D. he said that his wife just bought a diamond ring.
59. “I will come with you as soon as I am ready”, she said to Philip.
A. She said to Philip he will come to see you as soon as he I am ready.
B. She told Philip she will come to see her as soon as she was ready.
C. She told Philip she would come to see you as soon as she was ready.
D. She told Philip she would come to see him as soon as she was ready.
60. “I wrote to him yesterday”, said she.
A. She said to me I wrote to him the day before.
B. She told to me she wrote to him yesterday.
C. She told me she had written to him yesterday.
D. She told me she had written to him the day before.

Page 48
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

61. “I have just seen your mother this morning”, Ms. Laura said to Mr. Lewis
A. Laura told Lewis I have just seen your mother this morning.
B. Laura told Lewis she had just seen his mother that morning.
C. Laura told Lewis she has just seen his mother that morning.
D. Laura told Lewis he had just seen her mother that morning.
62. “We are ready to come with our friends”
A. They told us they are ready to come with their friends.
B. They told us they were ready to come with our friends.
C. They told us we were ready to come with our friends.
D. They told us they were ready to come with their friends.
63. Parker: “Help me”
A. Parker asked not to help him. B. Parker asked to help me.
C. Parker advised me to help him. D. Parker asked us to help him.
64. Carol: “Listen to that song”.
A. Carol said to listen that song. B. Carol told us to listen to that song
C. Carol asked us to listen to this song D. Carol talked me to listen to that song.
65. Maria: “Leave me alone!”
A. Maria told her friend to leave her alone.
B. Maria told her friend to leave me alone.
C. Maria said her friend to leave her alone.
D. Maria told her friend leaving me alone.
66. Mr Stephens: “Buy me some milk”
A. Mr Stephens invited to buy him some milk
B. Mr Stephens asked to buy him some milk
C. Mr Stephens asked me to buy him some milk
D. Mr Stephens spoke to buy me some milk
67. Heather: “Don’t say that”
A. Heather tells to you not to say that.
B. Heather told you not to say that
C. Heather advised you to say that.
D. Heather ordered not you to say that
68. Tom: “Call me in the evening”
A. Tom told us calling him in the evening
B. Tom told us to called him in the evening
C. Tom told not us to call him in the evening
D. Tom told us to call him in the evening
69. Mrs Smith: “Don’t play in front of my windows”
A. Mrs Smith invited us not to play in front of her windows
B. Mrs Smith told us not to play in front of my windows
C. Mrs Smith ignored us to not play in front of her windows
D. Mrs Smith said us not to play in front of her windows
70. Jamei: “Don’t eat so much junk food !”
A. Jamei reminded me not to eat so much junk food
B. Jamei asked me to not eat so much junk food
C. Jamei reminded me not to ate so much junk food.
D. Jamei says me not to eat so much junk food

Page 49
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

Test 3. Error Identification

1. Mrs. Amenuelle told to Alice to give her a hand.


2. John said the taxi driver to turn left at the first traffic lights.
3. Mary ordered John if he could carry her suitcase, please.
4. Johnson Nancy Lee asked me if would I like to have dinner with her.
5. Hoa asked Lan whether did she like sports or not.
6. Bá told to Tuấn if he could ride his bicycle to school.
7. Phong asked Peter whether he enjoys reading books or not.
8. Mary promised her boy friend that she would expect to see him next Wednesday.
9. A tourist asked how far was it from Hồ Chí Minh City to Huế.
10. He asked Lan how many people there are in her family.
11. Minh’s friends asked him how long would he stay in Paris.
12. She asked me if he wants to buy any second-hand books.
13. He wanted to know Hồng if would have time to play badminton regularly.
14. My mother told me that I work very ha rd.
15. He said they had a lift very often but it doesn’t work.
16. The teacher asked me if I could answer this question.
17. I asked his mother if he went to work by bus or not.
18. He promised me he’ll come with you as soon as he was ready.
19. My brother said he must to write some letters then.
20. Peter asked me did not to stay up late and advised me to go to bed early.

WRITING
Part I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the
sentence printed before it.
1. You should go to the lecture” the teacher said.
 The teacher advised ________________________________________________
2.“ You’d better not go out without a raincoat.” He said.
He _______________________________________________________________
3. He said to his wife, “Are you cooking in the kitchen now?”
 He asked __________________________________________________________
4. My teacher said to me, "Don't give up hope."
 My teacher told _____________________________________________________

Page 50
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

5. “I’m sorry I made a mistake.” said he.


He apologized ______________________________________________________
6. “When did you leave school?” the interviewer asked me.
 The interviewer asked me _____________________________________________
7. Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work.
He reminded me _____________________________________________________
8. She wondered: “Why hasn’t Nancy come?”
 She wondered _______________________________________________________
9. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
 Peter complimented __________________________________________________
10. "Why don't you ask the teacher for help?" Peter asked me.
 Peter advised _______________________________________________________
11. “If I were you, I’d tell him the truth,” she said to me
 She advised ________________________________________________________
12. “Would you like to go to the cinema with me tonight?” he said.
 He invited __________________________________________________________
13. “Why don’t you have your room repainted?” said Viet to Nam.
 Viet suggested ______________________________________________________
14. He said: “I’m sorry I have to leave so early.”
 He apologized for ___________________________________________________
15. “Let’s go to the cinema tonight” said Jane.
 Jane suggested _____________________________________________________
16. “If I were you, I would do morning exercise regularly,” said John.
 John advised _______________________________________________________
17. “Remember to bring your books,” he said.
 He reminded _______________________________________________________
18.“Will you have time to play regularly?”, he said to Hồng.
He asked ________________________________________________________
19.“You work very ha rd. ”, my mother said to me.
 My mother told me ___________________________________________________
20.“We have a lift very often but it doesn’t work. ”, he said.
He said ____________________________________________________________
Page 51
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

21.“Why don’t you like pop music?”, she asked Sơn.


She asked __________________________________________________________
22.“I am going to Brighton tomorrow. ”, said he.
He said ____________________________________________________________
23.“Can you answer this question?”, the teacher said to me.
The teacher asked ____________________________________________________
24.“Write these lessons carefully”, my mother said.
 My mother told _____________________________________________________
25.“We have to go now. ” Susan said.
 Susan said _________________________________________________________
26.“Does he go to work by bus?”, I asked his mother.
 I asked his mother____________________________________________________
27.“I’ll come with you as soon as I am ready”, he said to me.
He promised me _____________________________________________________
28.“I am going away tomorrow, mom. ”, the son said.
The son told his mom that _____________________________________________
29. “I must write some letters now. ” my brother said.
 My brother said _____________________________________________________
30. “It is you that stole my purse,” Mrs. Pike said to the young man.
Mrs. Pike accused ___________________________________________________
31.“You mustn’t get into the area,” the policeman said.
The policeman stopped them ___________________________________________
32. “Don’t stay up late. You should go to bed early,” Peter said to me.
 Peter told me _______________________________________________________
33. “Go on, Susan! Apply for the job,” the father said.
The father encouraged _______________________________________________
34.“I’ll tell you about this tomorrow, Mary. ” said Tom.
Tom told Mary that ___________________________________________________
35.“I wrote to him yesterday ”, said she.
She told me _________________________________________________________
36.“I didn’t meet Susan last week”
He said ___________________________________________________________
Page 52
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

37.Carol: “Listen to that song”. .


Carol asked _________________________________________________________
38. Jane: “Don’t watch the new film”
Jane advised me _____________________________________________________
39. Don’t make noise because I am listening music now”
He asked me ________________________________________________________

UNIT 3: WAYS OF SOCIALIZING


TEST 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest.
1. A. failed B. reached C. absorbed D. solved
2. A. invited B. attended C. celebrated D. displayed
3. A. removed B. washed C. hoped D. missed
4. A. arrives B. dishes C. houses D. coaches
5. A. works B. shops C. shifts D. plays

II. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
6. A. attract B. person C. signal D. instance
7. A. verbal B. suppose C. even D. either
8. A. example B. consider C. several D. attention
9. A. situation B. appropriate C. informality D. entertainment
10. A. across B. simply C. common D. brother

III. Choose the best answer to complete these sentences.


11. There are many ways _________ someone’s attention.
A. to attract B. to sell C. to lend D. to buy
12. We can use _________ and _________ forms of communication to attract one’s
attention.
A. silence / noise B. verbal / non-verbal
C. verb / adverb D. gentle / impolite
13. Probably the most common ways of attracting someone’s attention is by _______.
A. dancing B. singing C. yelling D. waving
14. We might raise our hand and wave to our friend as a _____ that we see her or him.
A. signature B. sign C. signal D. sigh
15. When you see your brother ______ the plane, you may ________ to call his name.
A. look at / throw a stone to him B. pass by / whistle and clap your hands
C. get off / claps your hands D. get off / jump up and down
16. There are some social _________ where smaller, non-verbal signals are more
appropriate.
A. situations B. signatures C. attractions D. documents
17. When you approve someone’s opinion, you can stare at him or her and _________
slightly.

Page 53
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. kneel B. nod C. shake your head D. sign


18. In a restaurant, we can raise our hand to show the waiter that we need his ______.
A. fame B. sponsor C. assistance D. donation
19. You shouldn’t _________ or clap your hands to get the person’s attention in a
restaurant.
A. whistle B. smile C. nod slightly D. keep silent
20. Children who are isolated and lonely seem to have poor language and ________.
A. communicate B. communication
C. communicative D. communicator
21. The lecturer explained the problem very clearly and is always _______ in response to
questions.
A. attention B. attentiveness C. attentively D. attentive
22. She divorced him because of his _________to the children.
A. kindness B. unkindly C. unkindness D. kindly
23. Hoi An is a tourist _________.
A. attractive B. attraction C. attracted D. attract
24. They started, as _______ gatherings but they have become increasingly formalized in
the last few years.
A. informal B. informally C. informalize D. informality
25. Phil: You really have a beautiful dress, Maggie!
Maggie: Thanks Phil. That’s a nice _________.
A. complexion B. comfortable C. compliment D. completion
26. Peter: Your hairstyle is really _________, Mary!
Mary: I’m glad you like it, Peter. Thanks so much.
A. terrific B. terrible C. horrified D. terrorist
27. Your dress is really beautiful, Cindy! You look very _________ in it.
A. awesome B. ugly C. naughty D. decent
28. Nam: “You really have a beautiful hairstyle now, Hưng!”
Hưng: “ _________! You’ve pushed me into the blush.”
A. It isn’t your work B. You must be kidding
C. Yes, of course D. Nice to meet you
29. Jane: “Wow! You look great with your new hair. ” – Jack: “_________”
A. You’re welcome C. Congratulation!
B. It’s a pleasure D. Thanks. It’s nice of you to say so
30. Pay more attention _______ picture and you can find out who is the robber.
A. to B. for C. at D. on
31. She looked _______ me, smiling happily and confidently.
A. on B. over C. forward D. at
32. When the alarm went _________, Mick just turned over and went back to sleep.
A. out B. up C. down D. off
33. You should _______ more attention to what your teacher explains.
A. make B. get C. set D. pa

IV. Find errors and correct them.


34. It is polite to whistle or clap our hands to attract our friend’s attention in a restaurant.
A B C D
35. When you see a teacher approaching you, you can whistle to greet him in the

Page 54
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A B C
schoolyard.
D
36. You should say “You’re welcome!” when someone says “Sorry!” to you.
A B C D
37. He stopped to smoke because cigarettes are harmful to his health.
A B C D
39. Body language is sometimes a very useful tool of communicative.
A B C D

V. Choose the best indirect speech sentence for each of the direct one
40. The traffic policeman said, “Show me your driving license, please. ”
A. The traffic policeman asked to show me your driving license, please.
B. The traffic policeman suggested to show him your driving license.
C. The traffic policeman suggested showing him my driving license.
D. The traffic policeman asked to show me his driving license.
41. Mrs. Jackson said to Alice, “Could you give me a hand, please”
A. Mrs. Jackson said Alice if she could give her a hand.
B. Mrs. Jackson told Alice to give her a hand.
C. Mrs. Jackson asked to Alice to give her a hand.
D. Mrs. Jackson cursed Alice if she could give her a hand.
42. “You should stay in bed”, I said to him.
A. I said him he should stay in bed. B. I advised him to stay in bed.
C. I prayed him to stay in bed. D. I ordered him you should stay in bed. 43.
His sister said, “I don’t buy this book. ”
A. His sister said I don’t buy this book.
B. His sister said she didn’t buy this book.
C. His sister said I didn’t buy that book.
D. His sister said she didn’t buy that book.
44. “Do you enjoy reading books?”, Phong asked Peter.
A. Phong asked Peter if he enjoyed reading books.
B. Phong asked Peter whether he enjoys reading books or not.
C. Phong asked Peter if he enjoyed reading books or not.
D. Phong asked Peter whether did he enjoy reading books.

VI. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Researchers in communication show that more feelings and intentions are sent and
received nonverbally than verbally. Mehrabian and Wienerfollowing have stated that only
7% (45) _______ message is sent through words, with remaining 93% sent nonverbal
expression
Humans use nonverbal communication because:
1. Words have limitations: There are numerous areas where nonverbal communication is
more (46) _______ than verbal, especially when we explain the shape, directions,
personalities which are expressed nonverbally.
2. Nonverbal signal are powerful: Nonverbal cues primarily express inner feelings while
verbal messages deal basically with outside world.
3. Nonverbal message are likely (47) _______ more genuine: because nonverbal behaviors
cannot be controlled as easily as spoken words.
Page 55
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

4. Nonverbal signals can express feelings inappropriate to state: Social etiquette limits (48)
______can be said, but nonverbal cues can communicate thoughts.
5. A separate communication channel is necessary to help send complex messages: A
speaker can add enormously to the complexity of the verbal message through simple
nonverbal (49) _______.
45. A. through B. in C. of D. for
46. A. effect B. effective C. effectively D. effectiveness
47. A. be B. being C. to be D. been
48. A. what B. that D. why D. when
49. A. signs B. signals D. sight D. signatures

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)
CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
50. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there
didn't seem to be any response.
A. feeling B. emotion C. reply C. effect
51. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world.
A. variety B. changes C. conservation C. number
52. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
A. situation. B. attention C. place D. matter
53. When you are in a restaurant, you can raise your hand slightly to show that you need
assistance.
A. bill B. menu C. help D. food
54. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
A. situation. B. attention C. place D. matter
55. When you see your teacher approaching you, a slight wave to attract his attention is
appropriate.
A. coming nearer to B. catching sight of
C. pointing at D. looking up to
56. I didn't think his comments were very appropriate at the time.
A. correct B. right C. exact D. suitable

TEST 2
I. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
1. A. social B. meter C. notice D. begin
2. A. whistle B. table C. someone D. receive
3. A. discuss B. waving C. airport D. often
4. A. sentence B. pointing C. verbal D. attract
5. A. problem B. minute C. suppose D. dinner
II. Choose the best answer to complete these sentences.
6. Whistling and _________ in a restaurant is considered to be impolite and even rude.
A. talking B. clapping hands C. smiling D. sighing
7. You shouldn’t _________ the person or thing you want your friend to look at.
A. take notice of B. mention to C. look at D. point at
8. In most situations, pointing at someone is usually considered to be_________.
A. polite B. impolite C. gentle D. dish

Page 56
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

9. Your opinion is reasonable, so it is _________.


A. acceptable B. suffered C. denied D. refused
10. In some special social situations, pointing at someone is completely_________.
A. lovely B. acceptable C. gentle D. formal
11. _________, a teacher may point to student so as to get his or her attention.
A. Forgive B. Forever C. For instanceD. For the sack of
12. In some social situations, _________ is allowed to friends.
A. fighting seriously B. rudeness C. accurate D. informality
13. To attract the waiter’s attention, wait until you _________ and raise you hand slightly.
A. catch his eye B. can attract him
C. pay attention to him D. take advantage of him
14. Raising hand and waving are of the _________ form of communication.
A. uncountable B. countable C. non-verbal D. verbal
15. Mary looks very attractive in her _________ clothes.
A. terrible B. old fashioned C. fashionable D. out-dated
16. Body language is a potential form of _______ communication.
A. verbal B. non-verbal C. tongue D. oral
17. Our teacher often said, "Who knows the answer? _______ your hand. "
A. Rise B. Lift C. Raise D. Heighten
18. Giang: “ You’re really an excellent student, Hồng.”
Hồng: “_________. I’m still very bad. I think I have to try my best to keep pace with
you, Giang.”
A. Certainly B. You must be kidding
C. Sure D. You’re welcome
19. Long: “I didn’t know you could play badminton so well, Trâm.”
Trâm: “ Thank you, Long. ______. I wish I could play half as well as you, Long. “
A. That’s a nice compliment B. That is not your fault
C. You’re welcome D. I certainly play very excellent
20. Hạnh: “ I don’t know what tailor’s that can make such a beautiful dress for you, Hiền!”
Hiền: “ _________, Hạnh. I’ve finally found a style that suits me so much.”
A. Never mind B. Go to the canteen with me
C. I’m glad you like it D. Nice to see you
21. Thành: “ I really enjoy your public speaking skills, Nga. Your English is really good,
too.”
Nga: “_________, Thành. Thank you very much for your sincere compliment. You
made me try much harder.”
A. It’s very kind of you to say so B. That’s not your work
C. I’m certainly very famous for those things D. Yes, of course. It’s me!
22. “Would you care for a drink?” can be transformed as _________.
A. How about a drink? B. Have a nice drink!
C. What about have a drink? D. Would you stop drinking?.
23. Minh: “ I think you’ve played very splendidly in the match, Nam!”
Nam: “ Thank you. That’s a nice compliment. I wish I could do _________ you. I’m
still terrible.”
A. half as well as B. double as well as
C. as badly as D. far worse than
24. A: “ What an attractive hair style you have got, Mary!” B: “ _______.”

Page 57
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. Thank you very much. I am afraid B. You are telling a lie


C. Thank you for your compliment D. I don't like your sayings
25. Mr. Timpson's behavior and comments on occasions were inappropriate and fell below
the _______ standards.
A. accept B. acceptable C. acceptance D. accepting
26. If a boss wants to have a well-qualified staff, he should have to pay his employees
_______.
A. appropriate B. appropriately C. appropriation D. appropriating
27. Mrs. Pike was so angry that she made a _______ gesture at the driver.
A. rude B. rudeness C. rudely D. rudest
28. It is often considered to be impolite to _______ at someone.
A. look B. smile C. point D. raise
29. I recognized my grandmother as soon as she got _______ the plane although we had
not seen each other for more than 10 years.
A. over B. of C. away D. off
30. The boy waved his hands to his mother, who was standing at the school gate, to
_______ her attention.
A. attract B. pull C. follow D. tempt
31. There was a _______ tremble in her voice, which showed that she was very nervous at
that time.
A. slight B. slighted C. slightly D. slightness
32. You will have to work hard if you want to _________.
A. success B. successful C. succeed D. successfully
33. I waved _______ him from the window but he didn't see me.
A. through B. for C. up D. to
34. A: “ How well you are playing!” – B: “ ________.”
A. Say it again. I like to hear your words
B. I think so. I am proud of myself
C. Thank you too much
D. Many thanks. That is a nice compliment
35. Children should be _________ to the elderly.
A. naughty B. obedient C. impolite D. rude

III. Find errors and correct them.


36. Phong asked Peter whether he enjoys reading books or not.
37. A tourist asked how far was it from Hồ Chí Minh City to Huế.
38. My mother told me that I work very ha rd.
39. The teacher asked me if I could answer this question.
40. Speaking to a person is of non-verbal form of communication.

IV. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
Although speech is the most advanced form of communication, there are many
ways of communicating without using speech. Signals, signs, symbols, and gestures may
be found in every culture. Gestures are the “silent language” of every culture. We point a
finger or move another part of the body to show what we want to say. It is important to
Page 58
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

know the body language of every country or we may be misunderstood. When you are in
the United States, should greet each other with a handshake in a formal introduction. The
handshake must be firm. If the handshake is weak, it is a sign of weakness or
unfriendliness. Friends may place a hand on the other’s arm or shoulder. Some people,
usually women, greet a friend with a hug. Moreover, sign languages convey meaning more
difficult to describe because of their intricate relationship with the receiver’s cultural
perceptions. In some cultures, applauding in a theatre provides performers with an
auditory symbol of approval. Gestures, such as waving and handshaking also
communicate certain cultural messages.
Although nonverbal forms of communication such as signals, signs, symbols and
gestures are very useful, they do have a large number of disadvantages. They usually do
not allow ideas to be shared without the sender being directly adjacent to the receiver. As a
result, means of communication intended to be used for long distances and extended
periods are based on speech. Radios, televisions, and telephones were invented.
Question 41: Which of the following would be best title for the passage?
A. Signs, signals, and symbols. B. Gestures
C. Ways of communication D. Speech
st
Question 42: According to the 1 paragraph, speech is considered ________?
A. the only true form of communication.
B. dependence upon the advances made by inventors.
C. the necessity for communication to occur.
D. the most advanced form of communication.
Question 43: If you are introduced to a stranger from the USA, you should ________.
A. greet him with a hug B. place a hand on his shoulder
C. shake his hand weakly D. shake his hand firmly
Question 44: Applauding was cited as an example of ________.
A. A sign B. A signal C. A symbol D. A gesture
Question 45: Why were the telephones, radios, and televisions invented?
A. Because people were unable to understand signs, symbols, and signals.
B. Because people wanted to communicate across long distances.
C. Because people believed that signals, and symbols were obsolete.
D. Because people wanted new form of entertainment.
Question 46: The word “approval” is closest meaning ________.
A. convey B. express C. support D. socialize
Question 47: Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Speech is the only common way of communication
B. Speech is the most advanced form of communication.
C. There are many ways of communicating without using speech.
D. Speech can be replaced somehow in communication

V. Mark the letter A,B,C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE
in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
48. Her home was in the country but she did not want to go back there every night
A. again B. away C. front D. to
49. With the view of “ more children, more fortunes” , many families want to have lots of
children and grandchildren.
Page 59
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. few B. empty C. lack D. minority


50. Despite having a bigger and cheaper choice of healthy foods, many Americans have
lost a lot of weights.
A. achieved B. built up C. acquired D. gained
51. During my time in Paris, I stayed in a cramped top-floor flat.
A. huge B. spacious C. immense D. full
52. The apartments blocks they built were the ugliest in the city.
A. upgraded B. demolished C. put up D. established
53. He complicated matters by rewriting the original proposal.
A. simplified B. edited C. investigated D. looked into
54. They continued their plans to assassinate the King when he opened Parliament.
A. pursued B. kept on C. abandoned D. carried out
55. Relations between the two countries have improved considerably in the last year.
A. disapproved B. deteriorated C. went down D. disintegrated

UNIT 4. SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM


TEST 1: PASSIVE VOICE
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
1. I’m going to go out and__________.
A. have cut my hair B. have my hair cut
C. cut my hair D. my hair be cut
2. Many US automobiles___________ in Detroit, Michigan
A. manufacture B. have manufactured
C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
3. We __________ by a loud noise during the night
A. woke up B. are woken up
C. were woken up D. were waking up
4. Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? – I don’t enjoy __________at.
A. be laughed B. to be laughed C. laughing D. being laughed
5. Today, many serious childhood diseases __________by early immunization. (chủng
ngừa)
A. are preventing B. can prevent
Page 60
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. prevent D. can be prevented


6. Do you get your heating ___________every year?
A. checking B. check C. be checked D. checked
7. Bicycles __________in the driveway
A. must not leave B. must not be leaving
C. must not be left D. must not have left
8. ________________________yet?
A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed
C. Have the letters typed D. Had the letters typed
9. The telephones ___________by Alexander Graham Bell
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. were invented
10. Gold ___________in California in the 19th century.
A. was discovered B. has been discovered
C. was discover D. they discover
11. The preparation ___________by the time the guest___________.
A. had been finished- arrived B. have finished- arrived
C. had finished-were arriving D. have been finished- were arrived
12. The boy _________ by the teacher yesterday.
A. punish B. punished C. punishing D. was punished
13. - “Ms Jones, please type those letters before noon”
- “They’ve already _________, sir. They’re on your desk.”
A. typed B. been being typed C. being typed D. been typed
14. Sarah is wearing a blouse. It ___________of cotton.
A. be made B. are made C. is made D. made
15. They had a boy _______ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
16. We got our mail _________ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
17. My wedding ring __________ of yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
18. Mr. Wilson is __________ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
19. Laura __________ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
20. His car needs ___________.
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
21. Her watch needs ___________.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
22. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are ___________.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
23. Have you __________ by a dog?

Page 61
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit


24. The room is being ___________ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
25. It ___________ that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
26. It is _____ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
28. I’ll get Minh ___________ this for you.
A. do B. done C. did D. to do
29. A few days ago, Tom’s car ___________ by one of the teenagers in his neighborhood.
A. was stealing B. was stole C. has been stolen D. was stolen
30. “ When __________?” – In 1928.
A. penicillin was discovered C. did penicilllin discovered
B. was penicillin discovered C. did penicillin discover
31. The new computer system __________ next month.
A. is be installed B. is being installed
C. is been installed D. is being installed by people
32.“Those eggs of different colors are very artistic ". - "Yes, they __________ in Russia".
A. were painted B. were paint C. were painting D. painted
33."The maintenance people didn't remove the chairs from the ballroom" .
- "Don't worry. They _________ them before the dance begins. "
A. will have been moved B. will have moved
C. were moved D. moved
34._________ that military spending is extremely high.
A. We are left B. It feels
C. It is felt D. We feel that it is
35. All planes _________ before departure.
A. will check B. will have checked
C. will be checked D. will be checking
36. I wanted ___________ by the head of the company, but it was impossible.
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. being to see
37. "What happened to the old mail carrier?" - "He _________ to a new neighborhood to
work."
A. has sent B. was send C. was sent D. sent
38."We're still looking for Tom?" - "Hasn't he __________ yet?"
A. been found B. to find C. found D. being found
39. This exercise may __________ with a pencil.
A. be written B. be to write C. be writing D. write
40.________ this work ___________ before you went to London?
A. Will - have been done B. Has - been done
C. Will - be done D. Had - been done

Page 62
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

41. The water well is said _____________.


A. dug by the local people a long time ago.
B. to be dug by the local people a long time ago.
C. to have been dug by the local people a long time ago.
D. to dig by the local people a long time ago.
42. George ___________ another trip to Greece.
A. is said to be planned B. said to be planned
C. said to be planning D. is said to be planning
43. Mr. pike ___________ the most famous archaeologist in our city.
A. says to be B. is said to be C. is said that D. said to be
44. ___________ to be the richest man in the USA.
A. Bill Gates B. Bill Gates says C. Bill Gates is D. Bill Gates is said
45. I might watch this programme. It __________very funny.
A. supposes to be B. is supposed being
C. is supposed to be D. was supposed be
46. More than five thousand people _____________ in the earthquake in Indonesia last
year.
A. was said to be died B. were said to be died
C. was said to die D. were said to die
47. Some film stars _____________ difficult to work with.
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to each of the following exchanges.
48. People think that Mrs. Nga is a good step mother.
A. It is thought that Mrs Nga is a good step mother.
B. It is belived that Mrs Nga is a good step mother.
C. Mrs Nga is a good step mother to be thought
D. Mrs Nga is thought she is a good step mother.
49. The Chinese are believed to have invented gun power.
A. People believe that the Chinese have invented gun power.
B. It is believed that the Chinese invented gun power.
C. The Chinese are believed to have invented gun power.
D. The Chinese are believed to have invented gun power.
50. People say a water park is going to be built in our area.
A. It was said that a water park is going to be built in our area.
B. It is said that a water park to be built in our area.
C. A water park is said to be going to be built in our area.
D. It is said that a water park is going to be built our area.
51. People thought that Tom had paid too much.
A. It is thought that too much had been paid by Tom.
B. That was thought Tom had paid too much.
C. Tom is thought to pay too much.
D. Tom was thought to have paid too much.

Page 63
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

52. Everyone expects that the strike will end soon.


A. It will be expected the strike to end soon.
B. The strike is expected to end soon.
C. The strike will be expected will end soon.
D. That is expected the strike will end soon
53. They cancelled all flights because of fog.
A. All flights because of fog were cancelled.
B. All flights were cancelled because of fog.
C. All flights were cancelled by them because of fog.
D. All flights were because of fog cancelled.
54. They are building a new highway around the city.
A. A new highway is being built around the city.
B. A new highway is being built around the city by them.
C. A new highway around the city is being built.
D. Around the city a new highway is being built.
55. They have built a new hospital near the airport.
A. A new hospital has been built near the airport by them.
B. A new hospital near the airport has been built.
C. A new hospital has been built near the airport.
D. Near the airport a new hospital has been built by them.
56. They will ask you a lot of questions at the interview.
A. You will be asked a lot of questions at the interview.
B. You will be asked a lot of questions at the interview by them.
C. A lot of questions will be asked you at the interview.
D. A lot of questions will be asked at the interview.
57. Somebody accused me of stealing money.
A. I was accused by somebody of stealing money.
B. I was accused of stealing money.
C. I was accused of stealing money by somebody.
D. I was accused stealing money.

WRITING: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the
same as the sentence printed before it.
58. It is said that the Great Pyramid of Giza was built over a 20- year period.
→ The Great Pyramid _________________________________________________
59. It is said that many people are homeless after the floods.
→Many people ________________________________________________________
60. It is thought that the prisoner escaped by climbing over the wall.
→The prisoner_________________________________________________________
61. People consider that she was the best singer that Australia has ever produced.
→ __________________________________________________________________
62. A lot of people believe that the Prime Minister and his wife have separated.
→ __________________________________________________________________

Page 64
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

63. We use this room only on special occasions


→ __________________________________________________________________
64. They make these artificial flowers of silk.
→ __________________________________________________________________
65. People speak English all over the world
→ __________________________________________________________________
66. They don’t sell this house any longer.
→ __________________________________________________________________
67. Scientists are carrying out a very important experiment.
→ __________________________________________________________________
68. Airplanes are carrying food and medicine to the flood region.
→ __________________________________________________________________
69. She is writing an address on the back of the envelope.
→ __________________________________________________________________
70. They haven’t made any decision yet.
→ __________________________________________________________________
71. No one has ever beaten my brother in tennis.
→ __________________________________________________________________
72. Nobody has ever treated me with such kindness.
→ __________________________________________________________________
73. They didn’t tell me all the details of this case.
→ __________________________________________________________________
74. We put a notice about the trip on the notice board yesterday.
→ __________________________________________________________________
75. She is going to give you a present.
→ __________________________________________________________________
IT IS/ WAS SAID THAT …………………..
1. _______________ nuclear waste is dangerous.
A. It says B. It is said C. People is said D. It is saying
2. The club president _____________________ seriously ill.
A. is said B. is said to be C. is said for being D. is said being
3. Learning English _________________ easy
A. says not to be B. said to be not C. is said be not D. is said not to be
4. They think that someone started the fire on purpose.
A. Someone is thought to start the fire on purpose
Page 65
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. They think that the fire which was started by someone on purpose
C. The fire is thought to be started on purpose
D. The fire is thought to have been started on purpose
5. The player _________________ quickly from the fall.
A. reported to be recovered B. reported to has recovered
C. is reported to have recovered D. is reported to have been recovered
6. The first turtles ___________________ about 200 million years ago.
A. believed to exist B. are believing to be existed
C. Believed to be existed. D. are believed to have existed
7. Mr Pike ___________ the most famous archaeologist in our city
A. says to be B. is said to be C. is said that D. said to be
8. Many people believe that God created the world
A. It believes that God created the world B. The world is believed God created
C. God is believed to create the world D. God is believed to have created the world
9. ______________ to be the richest man in the USA.
A. Bill Gates B. Bill Gates says C. Bill Gates is D. Bill Gates is said
10. John __________The Great Pyramid of Giza.
A. said to have been visited B. is said to have been visited
C. is said to have visited D. said to have visited
11. John ____________ the coming competition
A. believes to be won B. is believed to win
C. is believed to be won D. believed to be won
12. ______________ that the kidnappers asked for one million dollars.
A. It reports B. It is reporting C. It was reporting D. It was reported
13. The X-ray ___________________ in 1895
A. is said to have been discovered B. is said to be discovered
C. said to have been discovered D. said to discovered
14. It is said that many people are homeless after the flood.
A. Many people say to be homeless after the floods.
B. Many people said are homeless after the floods
C. Many people are said to be homeless after the floods.
D. Many people are said to have been homeless after the floods.
15. They think visiting the pyramids is interesting.
A. The pyramids are thought interesting to be visited
B. It is thought the pyramids are visited interesting
C. Visiting the pyramids is thought to be interesting
D. Visiting the pyramids is thought to have been interesting
16. People say that six out of the seven wonders of the ancient world were destroyed.
A. It was said that six out of the seven wonders of the ancients world were destroyed.
B. Six out of the seven wonders of the ancients world is said to be destroyed.
C. Six out of the seven wonders of the ancients world is said to have been destroyed.
D. Six out of the seven wonders of the ancients world are said to have been destroyed.
17. It is believed that a buried treasure was hidden in the tomb.
A. They believed that a buried treasure was hidden in the tomb.
B. A buried treasure is believed that was hidden in the tomb.
C. A buried treasure is believed to hide in the tomb.
D. A buried treasure is believed to have been hidden in the tomb.
18. George ____________ another trip to Greece.
A. is said to be planned B. said to be planned
C. said to be planning D. is said to be planning

Page 66
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

19. John _________________ the coming competition.


A. believes to be won B. is believed to win
C. is believed to be won D. believed to be won
20. __________________that the kidnappers asked for one million dollars.
A. It reports B. It is reporting C. It was reporting D. It was reported
21. _____________________ the company owns a bog place in the city and several country
properties.
A. It is say that B. That C. People say that D. People are
said that
22. _____________________to have destroyed part of the tower.
A. The fire is said thatB. The fire said C. The fire is saidD. People said that the fire
23. The whole building _____________________________ after the earthquake.
A. was said to completely destroyed B. is said to have been completely destroyed
C. was said to have completely destroyed D. said to have completely destroyed
24. He is supposed ________________ a disguised as a woman.
A. to escape B. to be escaped C. to have escaped D. had escaped
25. He is believed ____________________abroad.
A. lives B. is living C. to be living D. living
26. People ______________ that he was jealous of her.
A. thinking B. thought C. has thought D. are thinking
27. The picture is known _______________________ by To Ngoc Van.
A. was painted B. to be painted C. to have painted D. to have been painted
28. The company is expected _________________money this year.
A. to lose B. will lose C. is going to lose D. to have lost
29. _______________eating fruit is good for you.
A. It is known that B. Everyone was known that
C. It is known to be D. We have known to be
30. __________________________he is working for our opponent.
A. It has a rumor B. There is a rumor that
C. To be a rumor that D. People are rumoring to be

TEST 2: SCHOOL EDUCATION SYSTEM


Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
1. A. student B. education C. curriculum D. tuition
2. A. primary B. divide C. examine D. science
3. A. compulsory B. certificate C. secondary D. category
4. A. established B. worked C. stretched D. invented
5. A. match B. chair C. character D. church

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from
the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. government B. selection C. educate D. primary
7. A. education B. compulsory C. technology D. intelligent
8. A. require B. chemist C. divide D. advance
9. A. academic B. achievement C. division D. certificate
10. A. general B. establish C. separate D. history

Page 67
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

11. A. independent B. kindergarten C. secondary D. carefully

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond
to complete each of the following exchanges.
12. Brian: “What time does the movie start?” – Bob: “_____________”
A. It will last about two hours. B. There is no theater here.
C. I don’t know. Let’s look at the timetable. D. Yes, it’s a very good movie.
13. Phil: You really have a beautiful dress, Maggie!
Maggie: Thanks Phil. That’s a nice ____________.
A. complexion B. comfortable C. compliment D. completion

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
14. A school year in Vietnam usually _________ in September and ________ in May.
A. begins / ends B. starts / last C. ends / starts D. departs / starts
15. In England, each term _________ by a one-week break called half term.
A. divides B. educates C. puts into force D. is separated
16. An academic year in Vietnam _________ into two semesters.
A. struggles B. is divided C. tear away D. educates
17. There are two __________ school systems in England; i. e. , state school system and
public school ones.
A. parallel B. paragraph C. paradise D. pyramid
18. State school system in England is __________ for all students and __________ by the
state.
A. free / pays B. free / paid C. fee-paying / paid D. fee-paid / pays
19. School system in England is divided into two__________ consisting of the state and
the public ones.
A. levels B. schools C. years D. categories
20. The state school system in England has two ___________ of education: primary
education and secondary education.
A. levels B. subjects C. terms D. semesters
21. The __________ year in Vietnam runs from September to June and is divided into 2
terms
A. academically B. academical C. academic D. academicals
22. Children at the age of 11 start moving to ___________ school.
A. kindergarten B. primary school
C. lower secondary D. upper secondary
23. Children receive its early _________ at home so parents should buy some __________
magazines to put them in the bookcase.
A. educational / educate. B. educational /education.
C. education / educational. D. education / educated.
24. Schools in which all students can attend without paying tuition _________ are public
schools.
A. fees B. charge C. payment D. bill
25. In Vietnam a school year lasts for nine months and is divided _________ 2 terms.
A. into B. to C. from D. on
26. __________ the end of the school year, students take an exam in each subject.
A. On B. To C. In D. At
Page 68
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

27. School boards are usually made __________ of people who live in the area, often
parents of children in the school.
A. up B. of C. into D. over
28. Tommy left high school ___________ the age ____________ seventeen.
A. at / of B. in / for C. on / with D. of / in
29. The academic year in Vietnam is over ________ the end _________ May.
A. from / in B. for / on C. on / in D. at / of
30. The telephone __________ by Alexander Graham Bell.
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. was invented
31. The school library is open __________ all of the students and the teaching staff of the
school.
A. for B. over C. to D. among
32. As an __________, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile
delinquency.
A. educate B. education C. educator D. educative
33. In England, primary education is provided by state schools run by the government and
by ___________ fee-paying schools.
A. independent B. independently C. depended D. independence
34. The United Nations Secretary-General has often spoken of the need for individual
___________ and human rights in his speeches.
A. free B. freedom C. freely D. freeing
35. The Minister of the Education and Training Department appeared on TV last night to
__________ his new policy.
A. public B. publicly C. publicize D. publicizing
36. In Vietnamese schools, English, mathematics, and literature are three __________
subjects, which are compulsory in many important national examinations.
A. core B. part C. center D. middle
38. Watching TV can be very __________.
A. education B. educated C. educate D. educational
39. The expansion of ___________ education at college and university should be a
powerful force for change.
A. further B. higher C. extra D. extended
40. We have to ___________ an exam at the end of the course.
A. write B. do C. take D. make
41. She wants to take a career ____________ in order to have children.
A. leave B. stop C. end D. break
42. For __________ information on the diet, write to us at this address.
A. further B. addition C. most D. worse
43. Students in public school in England have to pay ___________.
A. free B. tuition fee C. fee-paying D. freedom
44. Fee-paying schools are often called "independent schools", "private schools" or
“_______________ schools"
A. college B. primary C. secondary D. public
45. In the UK, __________ schools refer to government-funded schools which provide
education free of charge to pupils.
A. state B. secondary C. independent D. primary
46. Mathematics, a required subject in all schools, is __________ into many branches.

Page 69
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. grouped B. prepared C. divided D. added


47. In England schooling is compulsory ________ all children from the age of 5 to 16.
A. with B. for C. to D. over
48. _______ schooling is compulsory in Australia between __________ ages of six and
seventeen.
A. The /Ø B. A / an C. Ø / the D. The /
49. Tommy left high school _______ the age _______ seventeen.
A. at / of B. in / for C. on / with D. of / in
50. He owed his success not to privilege but to self-education and a driving desire for
__________.
A. achieve B. achiever C. achievement D. achievable
51. Despite many recent ___________ advances, there are parts where schools are not
equipped with computers.
A. technology B. technological C. technologically D. technologist

Mark the letter A, B, C and D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) SIMILAR in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
52. In Vietnam, children from the age of six must go to school.
A. compulsory B. optional C. choosing D. volunteered
53. In a school year in Vietnam, there are two terms called the first term and the second
term.
A. infants B. semester C. semesters D. system
54. We had hoped that everything would run smoothly, but unfortunately there have been
several problems.
A. obstacles B. complications C. drawbacks D. setbacks
55. Before your start studying for the TOEFL, you should come up with a strategy that
will help you to make the most of your study time.
A. timetable B. schedule C. plan D. preparation
56. Safety in the workplace is very important, and should take priority over everything
else.
A. advantage B. first place C. measures D. precedence

Mark the letter A, B, C and D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE
in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
57. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.
A. depended B. optional C. divided D. required
58. We want the kids to have the best possible education
A. probable B. impossible C. passive D. possibly
59. He permitted us to present our petition directly to the President.
A. forbade B. persuaded C. recommended D. pleaded
60. The members of the commune were punished for their part in the revolution.
A. prosecuted B. criticized C. blamed D. rewarded

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that
needs correction in each of the following questions.
Page 70
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

61. While the brows were away on holiday, their house was broke into
A B C D
62. An academic year in Vietnam consists of three terms from September to May.
A B C D
63. Each term in a school year in England is separated by one-month break called
A B C D
half term.
64. Children in England may choose between public schools and independent
A B C
schools to study.
D
65. The price of rice exports will been increased by the government
A B C D
66. Most of the jobs in the manufacturing factories will take over by robots
A B C D

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The American education system requires that students complete 12 years of primary
and secondary education prior to attending university or college. This may be
accomplished either at public or government-operated schools, or at private schools.
These 12 years of schooling or their equivalent may also be completed outside the USA,
thus giving foreign students the opportunity to pursue the benefits of the American
education system and obtain a quality American education. Perhaps one of the most
impressive facts is that a large number of presidents, prime ministers and leaders from
other countries have experienced the American education system and graduated from a
university or school in the USA. In many fields and industries, the American education
system offers the most cutting-edge, sought-after programs at the world's best schools.
That is why graduating from an accredited American school and being exposed to the
rigors of the American education system is an investment in your future.
Whether you want to study at a top USA university, a top USA college, a vocational
or high school, a thorough understanding of how the American education system works is
essential. Without a clear grasp of the American education system, an international student
will find it difficult to make the right academic choices. It is no surprise that the American
education system and the American school system host more international students than
any other country in the world!
67. The expression government-operated could best be replaced by _____.
A. independent B. state C. vocational D. boarding
68. According to the text, students in the USA _______.
A. are made to take primary and secondary education in the country
B. are not necessarily take primary and secondary education in the country
C. spend less than 12 years for primary and secondary education
D. needn't take primary and secondary education
69. The writer _______ the US education.
A. appreciates B. underestimates C. overstates D. dislikes
70. Which is true?
A. The US education is not good enough for foreign students.

Page 71
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. Foreign students are not offered opportunities in the US:


C. There are not many foreign students in the US.
D. Many leaders all over the world have studied in the US.
71. What is the writer's advice?
A. International students should not invest their future education in the US.
B. International students should not study at a top USA university, a top USA college,
a vocational or high school.
C. Without a clear grasp of the American education system, an international student
can make the right academic choices
D. International students should have a thorough understanding of how the American
education system works before going there to study.

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
There are many issues over computers and the education of today’s children. One
concern that parents face now is when to start educating a child about computers. Parents
and teachers alike have mixed opinions as to when it is appropriate and most beneficial to
the child. Many preschool children learn to work with a mouse and play interactive games
before they learn to write or learn their ABC. It is true that computers can be used as very
effective tools for learning , but at what age do you begin?
Some parents believe that computer education should be much like a young child
taking piano or hockey lessons. They feel that if you start a child early enough you might
find a computer genius. This will help develop the child’s knowledge quickly while they
are still young. Parents who currently work using computers understand the importance of
computer education and desire to give their children a head start.
On the other hand, some parents are concerned that computers deprive children of
their activity and socialization skills. They argue that children become brainwashed and
less socialized by being exposed to computers too early.
72. Parents and teachers don’t know when _____________
A children should play computer games
B. it is suitable time to teach children ABC
C. it is suitable to teach computers to children
D. children learn to work with a mouse
73. Some parents believe that _____________
A. computers can be used by their children as much as possible
B. computers can be taught as much as possible at school
C. computers should be taught with piano.
D. if you start a child early enough you might find a computer genius.
74. Why do parents whose work using computers desire to give their children a head
start?
A. because they understand the importance of computer education.
B. because they would like their children to become a computer genius
C. because they would like their children to play with computer games./
D. because they would like their children to enjoy life with computers.
75. Some parents are concerned that computers _______________
A. can help children to become more creative and active.
B. deprive children of their creativity and socialization skills.

Page 72
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. can help their children to become well-known people


D. help their children to study better.
76. What can be the title for this article?
A. The influence of computer to children
B. Computer education for children
C. Science and children
D. How to start teaching children with computers.

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word for each of the blanks from 81 to 90.
EDUCATION IN AUSTRALIA
In Australia most children (77)_______ primary school from the age of five. Only two
percent of children of primary school age are educated at home. Some children who go to
school always take up extra activities such as playing a musical instrument or dancing ,
and they go to private classes for these and for school subjects they (78)_________
difficult or particularly interesting. Ninety percent of population go on to secondary school
but much smaller percentage pass the final year of secondary school examinations and
complete a university (79)__________. At the moment university students and graduates
make up less than a third of the total population. Australian universities are modern and
well-equipped. Most teaching is by (80)________ of lectures, tutorials and practical
classes. The humanities courses like history and philosophy , usually involve a lot of extra
reading in the library. To become a primary or secondary school (81)______ , it is usually
necessary to study at university for three years or more.
77. A. attend B. go C. come D. take
78. A. regard B. recognize C. consider D. find
79. A. degree B. certificate C. permit D. license
80. A. compound B. mingling C. connection D. combination
81. A. professor B. lecturer C. teacher D. trainer

UNIT 5: HIGHER EDUCATION


TEST 1: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
1. If I had time, I _____________ shopping with you.
A. went B. will go C. would go D. ‘d have gone
2. If you ___________ English, you will get along with them perfectly.
A. can speak B. had spoken C. speaks D. spoke
Page 73
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

3. If she ___________ to see us, we will go to the zoo.


A. came B. come C. comes D. is coming
4. I would have told you, if I ___________ him.
A. had meet B. had met C. meet D. met
5. Would you mind if I ___________ the window?
A. closed B. closing C. had closed D. would close
6. If they ____________ me, I wouldn't have said no.
A. had invited B. invited C. invite D. would invited
7. My friend ____________ me at the station if he gets the afternoon off.
A. meets B. will meet C. would have met D. would meet
9. If my father _____________ me up, I'll take the bus home.
A. doesn’t pick B. don’t pick C. not pick D. picks
10. If I didn't have a mobile phone, my life _____________ complete.
A. will be not B. will not be
C. would not be D. would not have been
11. She ____________ out with you if you had only asked her.
A. will go B. would go
C. would had gone D. would have gone
12. If you had tried your best, you _____________ disappointed about the result now.
A. won’t be B. wouldn’t be
C. wouldn’t have D. wouldn’t have been
13. ___________ if you take a map.
A. You will get lost B. You won’t get lost
C. You would get lost D. You would have got lost
14. I wouldn’t have got wet ____________.
A. if I had an umbrella with me. B. if I had had an umbrella with me
C. unless I had had an umbrella with me D. in case I had an umbrella with me
15. _____________ , he would not have had the accident yesterday.
A. If Peter driven more carefully
B. If had Peter driven more carefully
C. Had Peter driven more carefully
D. Unless Peter had driven more carefully
16 . I won’t lend you this money ___________ you promise to pay it back.
A. in case B. if C. otherwise D. unless
17. If you ___________ us about the bad service, we’d have eaten there.
A. didn’t tell B. wouldn’t have told
C. hadn’t told D. had told
18. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people _________ the
same language ?
A. speak B. will speak C. spoke D. had spoken
19. Unless she_________ , she’ll not catch the bus.
A. hurries B. doesn't hurry C. hurried D. didn't hurry
20. If you __________you wouldn't have passed last exam with such high grades .
A. study B. studied C. hadn't studied D. had studied
21. __________ raining, I will cancel the tennis tournament.
A. If it stops B. Unless it stops
C. Unless it doesn't stop D. When it stops

Page 74
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

22. Had I studied better at high school, ______________.


A. I wouldn't have been a university student now.
B. I wouldn't be a university student now
C. I would have been a university student now.
D. I would be a university student now.
23. __________ you, I'd think twice about that decision .It could be a bad move .
A. If I had been B. Were I C. Should I be D. If I am
24. If I had gone to the bank this morning, I _______________ money from you now.
A. will no borrow B. would not borrow
C. will no have borrowed D. would not have borrowed
25. If you are careful, you _____________ yourself so frequently.
A. won’t hurt B. wouldn’t be hurt
C. wouldn’t hurt D. wouldn’t have been hurt
26. __________ you known he was a liar, would you have agreed to support him?
A. If B. Since C. Had D. Did
27. If you see her, please ___________ me know where she is.
A. tell B. will tell C. told D. could tell
28. She can’t get home ___________ she has no money.
A. unless B. if C. until D. without
29. I wouldn’t go there at night if I __________ you.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
30. __________ she agreed, you would have done it.
A. If B. Had C. Should D. Would
31. If you ___________ to be chosen for the job, you’ll have to be experienced in the
field.
A. want B. wanted C. had wanted D. wants
32. The patient could not recover unless he ______________ an operation.
A. had undergone B. would undergo
C. underwent D. was undergoing
33. If it _____________ convenient, let’s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. is C. was D. were
34. If you ______________ time, please write to me.
A. have B. had C. have had D. has
35. If it _____________ tomorrow, we may postpone going on a picnic.
A. rains B. will rain C. shall rain D. raining
36. If you hadn’t watched that late movie last night, you _____________ sleepy now.
A. wouldn’t have been B. wouldn’t be
C. might have not been D. wouldn’t have been being
37. If you _________ as I told you, you ______________ sorry now.
A. did- would not be B. had done- had not been
C. do – would not be D. had done – would not be
38. If he_________tickets yesterday, he _____________ on the beach now.
A. had booked- would be lying B. had booked- would have lied
C. booked – would lie D. books- will lie
39. If you ____________ less last night, you _____________ so bad today.
A. had drunk- would not have felt B. drank- would not feel
C. had drunk- would not feel D. would have drunk- would not feel

Page 75
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

40. __________ today, she would get home by Friday.


A. Would she leave B. Was she leaving
C. Were she to leave D. If she leaves
41. We’re going to be late if _____________ right now.
A. we not leave B. we didn’t leave C. we won’t leave D. we don’t leave
42. We _________ the game if we’d had a few more minutes.
A. might have won B. won C. had won D. will win
43. __________ interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it.
A. Were I B. Should I C. I was D. If I am
44. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I _________ it.
A. would never have believed B. don’t believe
C. hadn’t believed D. can’t believe
45. You are late. If you ________ a few minutes earlier, you ___________ him.
A. came / would meet B. had come / would have met
C. come / will meet D. had come / would meet
46. If you didn’t do this, you ____________ punished.
A. are B. will be C. should D. would be
47. Bill __________ more photographs if he ___________ more film.
A. would have taken / had had B. would have taken / had
C. would take / has had D. would take / had had

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to each of the following exchanges.
48. You drink too much coffee, that’s why you can’t sleep.
A. If you don’t drink too much coffee, you can sleep.
B. Should you not drink too much coffee, you could sleep.
C. If you didn’t drink too much coffee, you could sleep.
D. If you hadn’t drunk too much coffee, you could have slept.
49. I was not there yesterday, so I could not help you.
A. If I was there yesterday, I could help you.
B. Had I been there yesterday, I could have helped you.
C. If I had been there yesterday, I could have helped you.
D. B & C are correct
50. You didn’t tell me your story, so I couldn’t help you.
A. If you told me the story, I could help you.
B. If only you told me your story.
C. If you had told me the story, I could have helped you.
D. Did you tell me the story, I could help you.
51. If Nam hadn’t gone to school yesterday, he wouldn’t have understood that lesson.
A. Nam didn’t go to school yesterday and he didn’t understand that lesson.
B. Nam went to school yesterday but he understood that lesson.
C. Nam didn’t go to school yesterday but he understood that lesson.
D. Nam went to school yesterday and understood that lesson.
52. He doesn’t study hard, so he can fail the examination.
A. If he studies hard, he won’t fail the examination.
B. He wouldn’t have failed the examination if he had studied hard.

Page 76
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. If he didn’t study hard, so he failed the examination.


D. If he studied hard, he wouldn’t fail the examination.
53. I can’t understand him because he speaks so quickly.
A. If he had spoken slowly, I could have understood him.
B. If he speaks slowly, I can’t understand him.
C. If he spoke so quickly, I could understand him.
D. If he spoke so slowly, I could understand him.
54. The train couldn’t run because of the snow.
A. If there were the snow, the train couldn’t run.
B. If there had been the snow, the train could have run.
C. If there hadn’t been the snow, the train could have run.
D. If there had been the snow, the train couldn’t have run.
55. We didn’t go because it rained.
A. If it hadn’t rained, he would have gone.
B. If it had rained, he would have gone
C. If it rained, he would go
D. If it didn’t rain, he wouldn’t go
56. He was driving very fast because he didn’t know the road was icy.
A. If he had known that the road had been icy, he wouldn’t have been driving so fast.
B. If he had known that the road was icy, he wouldn’t be driving so fast.
C. If he knew that the road was icy, he wouldn’t have driven so fast.
D. If he had known that the road was icy, he wouldn’t have been driving so fast.
57. If Joe doesn’t change his way, he will end up in prison.
A. Unless Joe doesn’t change his ways, he will end up in prison.
B. Unless Joe changes his ways, he will end up in prison.
C. Unless Joe changes his ways, he won’t end up in prison.
D. Unless Joe doesn’t change his ways, he won’t end up in prison.

WRITING: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the
same as the sentence printed before it.
58. The students can’t hear him well because he speaks very quickly.
 If________________________________________________________________

59. The room is so dark that we cannot find our books.


 If________________________________________________________________

60. I can’t do the test because I don’t understand the lesson.


 If________________________________________________________________

61. I don’t know enough about the machine, so I can’t mend it myself.
 If________________________________________________________________

62. Nick can’t find the way because he doesn’t have a map.
Were _____________________________________________________________

63. Schroeder ignores Lucy, so she gets angry at him.


If_________________________________________________________________

Page 77
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

64. People don’t understand him because he doesn’t speak clearly.


If_________________________________________________________________

65. I can’t buy that book because it’s too expensive.


 If________________________________________________________________

66. I can't take much exercise because I don't have enough free time.
If _________________________________________________________________

67. The men were wearing protective clothing, so they were all quite safe.
If _________________________________________________________________

68. People don't realise how important it is to conserve energy, so they do nothing about
it.
If _________________________________________________________________

69. My father didn't earn much money, so life wasn't easy for us.
If _________________________________________________________________

70. Daniel really wanted to buy the book, but he didn't have enough money.
 Daniel _____________________________________________________________

71. Andrew wanted to ask Frank Sinatra for his autograph, but he wasn't brave enough
 If _________________________________________________________________

72. The accident happened because of the driver’s carelessness.


 If__________________________________________________________________

 But________________________________________________________________

73. Unless you hurry, you’ll be late for school.


 If__________________________________________________________________

74. If Joe doesn’t change his way, he will end up in prison.


 Unless_____________________________________________________________

TEST 2. HIGHER EDUCATION


Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
1. A. apply B. university C. identity D. early
2. A. choice B. achieve C. each D. chemistry
3. A. final B. applicant C. high D. decide
4. A. average B. indicate C. application D. grade

Page 78
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

5. A. application B. campaign C. gratitude D. admit


6. A. require B. secure C. determine D. leftover
7. A. submit B. university C. uniform D. mutual
8. A. graduate B. argument C. apologize D. groom
9. A. applicant B. bride C. curriculum D. rim

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from
the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
10. A. applicant B. maximum C. supportive D. counterpart
11. A. application B. certificate C. compulsory D. curriculum
12. A. nursery B. marvelous C. sacrifice D. determine
13. A. kidding B. attract C. decent D. willing
14. A. applicant B. maximum C. important D. lecturer

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the following questions.
15. It is a course __________ two years for those who want to work as a marketing agent.
A. of B. in C. for D. with
16. You can meet Mr. Pike, who is ___________ behalf ___________ the university to
solve the problems of foreign students.
A. on / of B. in / for C. with / at D. for / at
17. The making of good habits __________ a determination to keep on training your
child.
A. require B. requires C. requirement D. required
18. He was the only ___________ that was offered the job.
A. apply B. application C. applicant D. applying
19. Most ___________ are at senior level, requiring appropriate qualifications.
A. degrees B. grades C. colleges D. vacancies
20. She reads newspapers every day to look for the vacant ___________ for which she can
apply.
A. institutions B. indications C. Positions D. locations
21. He had been expected to cope well with examinations and ________ good results.
A. achieve B. consider C. last D. object
22. I am flying to the States tonight. I ___________ you a ring if I can find a phone.
A. will give B. would give C. could give D. have given
23. If I ___________ 10 years younger, I ____________ the job.
A. am / will take B. was / have taken
C. had been / will have taken D. were / would take
24. You are not allowed to use the club's facilities ___________ you are a member.
A. unless B. if C. provided D. supposed
25. If she _____________ the train last night, she ______________here now.
A. took / were B. were taking / is
C. had taken / would have been D. had taken / would be
26. ____________ if a war happened?
A. What you would do B. What would you do
C. What will you do D. What will you do
27. I would send her a fax if I ____________ her number.
A. know B. knew C. had known D. could know
Page 79
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

28. _____________ more carefully, he would not have had the accident yesterday:
A. If Peter driven B. If had Peter driven
C. Had Peter driven D. Unless Peter had driven
29. Many parents do not let their children make a decision ____________ their future
career.
A. in B. about C. on D. out
30. You are old enough. I think it is high time you applied ____________ a job.
A. in B. of C. for D. upon
31. He has not been offered the job because he cannot meet the ___________ of the
company.
A. requirements B. applicants C. information D. education
32. ____________ education is normally taken to include undergraduate and postgraduate
education, as well as vocational education and training.
A. Primary B. Tertiary C. Secondary D. Intermediate
33. The University of Cambridge is a prestigious ___________ of higher learning in the
UK
A. tower B. hall C. house D. institute
34. A___________ is an official document that you receive when you have completed a
course of study or training.
A. vocation B. subject C. certificate D. grade
35. Parents can express a ___________ for the school their child attends.
A. prefer B. preference C. preferential D. preferable
36. Many people have objected to the use of animals in ___________ experiments.
A. science B. scientist C. scientific D. scientifically
37. If it _____________ warm yesterday, we would have gone to the beach.
A. was B. were C. had been D. could be
38.These are requirements __________ those who want to become a pharmacist.
A. of B. in C. about D. for
39. The A-level (short for Advanced Level) is a General Certificate of Education set of
exams ___________ in the U.K.
A. taken B. spent C. met D. indicated
40. Most universities ____________ students who want to attend the university to pass
three A-Levels.
A. receive B. tell C. require D. ask
41. Mr. Pike provided us with an ___________ guide to the full-time and part-time
programs on offer to a range of candidates drawn from schools and colleges.
A. inform B. informative C. informed D. information
42. The entrance ____________ to universities in Vietnam always takes place in July.
A. way B. road C. examination D. path
43. If it ____________last night, it ___________ so hot today.
A. rained / is not B. was raining / were not
C. had rained / would not have been D. had rained / would not be
44. ______ he gets here soon, we will have to start the meeting without him.
A. Suppose B. Provided C. Unless D. If
45. If I ___________ it was a formal party, I wouldn't have gone wearing jeans and a
jumper.
A. knew B. had known

Page 80
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. had been knowing D. could know


46. If my client __________ me her fax number, I ___________ to post a letter to her.
A. gave/ will not have B. will give / do not have
C. had given / wouldn't have had D. had given / will not have had
47. If I ___________ the lottery last week, I ___________ rich now.
A. had won / would be B. had won / would have been
C. won / would be D. won / would have been
48. Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary ____________ her
expectations.
A. meets B. met C. has met D. had met

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond
to complete each of the following exchanges.
49. “ Would you like to go out with us?” – “____________”
A. No, thanks B. What a good idea C. I love to D. I’d love to
50. “ I’d like some tea.” – “____________”
A. Here you are B. You’re welcome C. That’s great D. It’s Ok
51.“ Would you mind closing the door?” – “______________”
A. I’ll do it B. I can C. Not problem D. No, I wouldn’t
52. “Would you like me to take you to school?” – “_____________”
A. That’s very nice of you B. No, please
C. Yes D. All are correct
53. Thank you very much. - ____________
A. Thanks B. Don’t mention it C. No at all D. Fine

Mark the letter A, B, C and D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) SIMILAR in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
54. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or
asking you.
A. be related to B. be interested in
C. pay all attention to D. express interest to
55. It took her many weeks to feel at home on campus.
A. feel anxious and nervous B. feel confused
C. feel comfortable and relaxed D. feel angry
56. We finally decided on the cheapest holiday.
A. opted for B. agreed on C. elected D. picked
57. This is a great chance to save money on a holiday to the Bahamas.
A. fortune B. opportunity C. way D. method
58. They climbed the mountain in 28 days, a remarkable achievement.
A. success B. glory C. feat D. prize

Mark the letter A, B, C and D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE
in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
59. A lack of qualifications can be a major obstacle to finding a job.
A. disadvantage B. impediment C. impetus D. prevention
60. The distinction between schooling and education implied by this remark is important.
Page 81
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. explicit B. implicit C. obscure D. odd


61. As the sun rose. The demonstrations began to appear on the streets.
A. appeared B. emerged C. set D. turned up
62. As soon as he had tightened the knots, he pushed the boat out.
A. unscrewed B. lifted C. examined D. loosened
63. Several flaws in the design of the new model were revealed.
A. concealed B. revised C. corrected D. put right

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that
needs correction in each of the following questions.
64. I’d like to get some information about apply for universities in the UK.
A B C D
65. Take the raincoat with you if it will rain
A B C D
66. Had I interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it.
A B C D
67. Unless I don’t go home early, please go shopping and buy some food for lunch.
A B C D
68. Higher education is very importance to national economies, and it is also a source
A B
of trained and educated personnel for the whole country
C D
69. If we sneak out quietly, nobody notice.
A B C D
70. If we knew about your problem, we would have helped you.
A B C D
71. If I am you, I would not buy that dress.
A B C D
72 We would have arrived earlier if we not missed the bus.
A B C D

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
As Chinese society changes, higher education is undergoing major transformations.
The university model of the United States and other Western countries has a powerful
influence. New trends in Chinese higher education are attracting the attention of global
educators. Since the establishment of Western-oriented modern universities at the end of
nineteenth century, Chinese higher education has continued to evolve. Over the past two
decades, however, tremendous economic development in China has stimulated reforms in
higher education that have resulted in some remarkable changes.
The first modern institution, Peiyang University, was founded in Tianjin. The
university changed its name to Tianjin University in 1951 and became one of the leading
universities in China: Next, Jiaotong University was founded in Shanghai in 1896. In the
1950s, most of this university was moved to Xi'an, an ancient capital city in northwest
China, and became Xi'an Jiaotong University; the part of the university remaining in
Shanghai was renamed Shanghai Jiaotong University.

Page 82
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

Tianjin University celebrated its hundredth anniversary in 1995, followed by Xi'an


Jiaotong and Shanghai Jiaotong Universities in 1996. Other leading universities, such as
Zhejiang University (1897), Beijing University (1898), and Nanjing University (1902) also
recently celebrated their hundredth anniversaries, one after another. These celebrations
marked the beginning of a new chapter in Chinese higher education.
73. The text is about _______.
A. Chinese education system B. some famous universities in China
C. the western influences on Chinese education D. application for a university in China
74. Chinese higher education _______.
A. is not affected by any others
B. has not really well-developed
C. has developed since the end of nineteenth century
D. is not paid any attention by global educators
75. Higher education _______.
A. has been stable since nineteenth century
B. has decreased over the past two decades
C. has not got any changes
D. has been affected by the country's economic development
76. University was founded in _______.
A. 1895 B. 1896 C. 1950 D. 1951
77. Which university celebrated the hundredth anniversaries in 2002?
A. Nanjing University B. Shanghai Jiaotong University
C. Xi'an Jiaotong University D. Beijing University

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word for each of the blanks.
Further education in Britain means education after GCSE exams (78)______ around
the age of 16. It included courses of study leading to “A” levels which students take at
their school or college. Some students go (79)______ college or further education which
(80)______ a wide range of full and part-time courses. Further education also includes
training for professional (81)________ in nursing, accountancy , and management and in
(82)_____ such as art and music. The term tertiary education is used to refer to degree
courses at universities.
78. A. taken B. made C. performed D. participated
79. A. ahead B. right C. straight D. forward
80. A. gives B. offers C. supports D. presents
81. A degree B. diploma C. certificate D. qualification
82. A. skills B. fields C. topics D. respects.

UNIT 6: FUTURE JOBS


TEST 1: RELATIVE CLAUSES

Page 83
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

I. Choose the best answwer


1. This is the place _________ I met my wife.
A. what B. where C. which D. that
2. Simon is the man _________ Mary loves.
A. who B. which C. whom D. A&C
3. My wife, _________ is a doctor, works at Community Hospital.
A. who B. which C. whom D. that
4. Only one of the people _________ work in the company is qualified.
A. what B. which C. who D. where
5. Those _________ had studied hard passed their exams.
A. what B. which C. who D. whose
6. The magazine _________ you lent meis interesting.
A. what B. which C. whom D. whose
7. The man _________ is resting is very tired.
A. what B. which C. whom D. who
8. The painting_________Ms. Wallace bought was very expensive.
A. whom B. whose C. which D. where
9. The homeless people__________story appeared in the paper last week have n
ow found a place to live.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
10. __________ is your favourite sport, swimming or running.
A. What B. Which C. Whom D.Whose
11. The periodic table contains all the elements, __________ has a par
ticular atomic weight and atomic number.
A. which of each B. each of which C. which each D. each
12. Jan didn't check she had enough petrol before she left, ________
was careless of her.
A. what B. it C. that D. which
13. This is a town __________ many people live.
A. in which B. which C. at which D. on which
14. He was killed by a man __________ friends we know.
A. whose B. which C. whom D. that
15. He spoke to the messengers with __________ you were leaving.
A. which B. whom C. whose D. that
16. We captured a town __________ is in Spain.
A. whom B. where C. which D. it
17. The farmers __________ we saw were in the field.
A. whose B. which C. they D. whom
18. The women __________ I gave the money were glad.
A. to whom B. to that C. for whom D. for that
19. I know a boy __________ name is John.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
20. The man ___________ you sent to the general has reported the vi
ctory.
A. whose B. which C. whom D. he
21. I saw those slaves ___________ had been led to the city.
A. whose B. which C. whom D. who

Page 84
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

22. The people ___________ courage you praised are now citizens.
A. whose B. which C. whom D. that
23. You folks ___________ live in farmhouses do not like the life of
the city.
A. whose B. who C. they D. which
24. Those towns ___________ you were looking at in Gaul are small.
A. who B. where C. which D. whom
25. In Helvetia I have seen a large city __________ many people live.
A. at which B. which C. on which D. in which
26. She sends me the book________ she___________ two years ago.
A. whom / writes B. whose /wrote C. which/ writes D. which / wrote
27. The man ___________ spoke to John is my brother.
A. whom B. who C. whose D. which
28. I must thank the man from __________ I got the present.
A. who B. whom C. that D. which
29. He is the man ____________ son is a doctor
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
30. The woman ____________next door is a famous singer.
A. lives B. who live C. living D. that living
31. The house ___________ in the storm has now been rebuilt.
A. destroyed B. destroying C. which destroyed D. that is destroyed
32. The man ___________ at the blackboard is our teacher.
A. stood B. stands C. standing D. to stand
33. Tom was the last ___________the classroom yesterday.
A. to leave B. leaving C. left D. leaves
34. Linda was the last student ___________ at the oral exam.
A. to be asked B. asking C. asks D. to ask
35. The bridge __________ by French architects is very nice.
A. was designed B. designing C. to design D. designed
36. The problems ___________they are discussing at the meeting are
very important.
A. who B. which C. Ø D. both B and C
37. Michael told me about students ____________have just got the sc
holarship.
A. which B. Ø C. who D. whose
38. The ring ___________ is made of gold and diamond.
A. she is wearing it B. he gave it to her C. Linda like D. she is wearing
39. The house ____________ is situated in the city centre.
A. which B. we have just bought
C. in where we live D. which we live
40. I come from a city ____________ is located in the southern part o
f the country.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
41. The film about __________ they are talking is fantastic.
A. who B. which C. whom D. that
42. That ’s the woman to ___________ Jim used to be married.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that

Page 85
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

43. The people __________ for the bus in the rain are getting well
A. waiting B. to wait C. waited D. wait
44. He is the boy ___________ is my best friend
A. that B. whom C. who D. A& C
45. I have a message for people ____________ by the traffic chaos.
A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying
46. Melanie was the only person _____________ a letter of thanks.
A. wrote B. written C. to write D.writing
47. The pilot was the only man __________ after the crash.
A. was rescued B. rescued C. rescuing D. to be rescued
48. I met a lot of new people at the party ____________ names I can’t
remember.
A. whose B. which C. who D. whom
49. I talked to a woman ____________ car had broken down on the w
ay to the party.
A. which B. who C. whose D. whom
50. Vicky, __________ name was missed off the list, wasn’t very plea
sed.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
51. The picture was painted by Laura, ____________ is being shown i
n an exhibition.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
52. The concert ___________ we are looking forward is next Saturda
y.
A. which B. that C. whom D. A & B
53. The sun, _________ is one of millions of stars in the universe, pro
vides us with heat an light.
A. which B. that C. who D. A & B
54. Tom made a number of suggestions, most of __________ were ve
ry helpful.
A. them B. which C. that D. B & C
55. Alaska, __________ my brother lives, is the largest state in the Un
ited States.
A. which B. where C. w ho D. All are correct
56. Tell me the reason ____________ you were absent yesterday.
A. where B. when C. why D. that
57. There was a time __________ dinosaurs dominated the earth.
A. which B. when C. that D. A & B
58. The house in ___________ I was born and grew up was destroyed
in an earthquake ten years ago.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
59. Summer is the time of the year ____________ the weather is the h
ottest.
A. when B. which C. that D. B & C
60. Do you know the man about ___________ they’re talking?
A. whom B. whose C. that D. A & C
61. I don’t like people ___________ lose their tempers easily.

Page 86
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C


62. Mexico City, _________ has a population of over million, is prob
ably the fastest growing city in the world.
A. which B. whose C. that D. A & B
63. This is Henry, __________ sister works for my father.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C
63. He’s the man ___________ people like at first sight.
A. who B. whom C. that D. All are correct
64. Could you iron the trousers ___________ are hanging up behind t
he door?
A. who B. which C. that D. B & C
65. The man _________ we consider as our leader had much experien
ce in climbing mountains.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & C
66. The artist _________ name I couldn’t remember was one of the be
st I had ever seen.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C
67. Frank invited Janet, __________ he had met in Japan, to the party.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C
68. The girl __________ design had been chosen stepped to the platfo
rm to receive the award.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
69. I need to find a painting ________ will match the rest of my room.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
70. There are too many poor people _________ do not have enough to
eat in the world.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
71. The teacher ___________ teaches us French is coming today.
A. whom B. who C. that D. B & C
72. I know a boy ___________ father is a very important person.
A. what B. where C. which D. whose
73. Tomorrow I'll tell you the hour __________ you must come.
A. what B. where C. which D. when
74. This is the boy ___________ I met in the park.
A. what B. Ø C. whom D. B&C
75. The clock __________ is over the door is broken
A. on which B. they C. which D. who
76. Give me the ball ___________ I lent you last Sunday.
A. which B. C. that D. All are correct
77. Tell me the time ___________ you are going to arrive.
A. at which B. they C. when D. A&C
78. Do you know the wife of that man ___________ is waiting for the
bus?
A. which B. he C. who D. whom
79. The policemen ___________ helped me yesterday were very nice.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
80. The girl ___________ hair is red is my sister.

Page 87
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. which B. she C. whom D. whose


81. Where is the bike ___________ you have repaired?
A. which B. that C. whose D. A&B
82. That is the garage ____________ my father parks his car.
A. which B. where C. whom D. who
83. What’s the music to ___________ you are listening?
A. whose B. which C. that D. B & C
84. The students __________ don’t have library cards can’t borrow bo
oks from the library.
A. who B. which C. whom D. A & C
85. The dress __________ she bought last week doesn’t fit her well.
A. whom B. which C. whose D. B & C
86. I apologized to the boy __________ book I borrowed.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
87. The books __________ written by Jack London is very interesting.

A. which were B. were C. whose D. which


88. I am going to visit the town __________ I was born and grew up.
A. where B. which C. when D. who
89. They asked me a lot of questions, ___________ I couldn’t answer.
A. most of which B. of which most C. most of that D. of that most
90. That is the house in ___________I used to live.
A. that B. which C. where D. there
91. I saw a lot of new people at the party, ____________ seemed fami
liar.
A. some of whom B. some of who C. whom D. some of that
92. My friend eventually decided to quit her job, ___________ upset
me a lot
A. that B. when C. which D. who
93. He is the man __________ car was stolen last week.
A. whom B. that C. which D. whose
94. They have just found the couple and their car ___________ were s
wept away during the heavy storm last week.
A. that B. which C. whose D. when
95. It was the worst winter ____________ anyone could remember.
A. when B. which C. where D. why
96. I would like to know the reason ____________ he decided to quit
the job.
A. why B. which C. that D. when
97. She always had wanted to go to places __________ she could spe
ak her native tongue.
A. that B. in that C. which D. where
98. February is the month __________ many of my colleagues take sk
iing holidays
A. when B. that C. in that D. which
99. Ms Young, to ___________ many of her students are writing, is li
ving happily and peacefully in Canada.

Page 88
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. who B. whom C. that D. whose


100. My father works for a construction company in ____________.
A. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.
B. Winchester, that is a city in the U.K.
C. Winchester is a city in the U.K.
D. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that
needs correction in each of the following questions.
101. The man for who the police are looking robbed the bank yesterday.
A B C D
102. We work with a person his name is Albert.
A B C D
103. There’s the woman who she told me about the handbag.
A B C D
104. The man that you are looking for living next door.
A B C D
105. My father will fly to Ha Noi, that is the capital city of Vietnam.
A                  B     C      D
106. She is the most beautiful woman whose I have ever met
A B C D
107. Every student who majors in English are ready to participate in the orchard contest.
A B C D
108. The policeman must try to catch those men whom drive dangerously.
A B C D
109. The singer about who I told you yesterday is coming here tomorrow.
A B C D
110. Mother’s Day is the day when children show their love to their mother on.
A B C D
111. Do you know the reason when English men travel to the left?
A B C D
112. That is the man who he told me the bad news.
A B C D
113. New Year Day is the day where my family members gather and enjoy it together.
A B C D
114. She is the most beautiful woman whose I have ever met
A B C D

Choose the correct sentence with the same meaning as the one in italics
115. How did you know that man? I met him at the party.
A. How did you know that man whom I met at the party?
B. How did you know that man for whom I met at the party?
C. How did you know that man who I met him at the party?
D. How did you know that man whose I met him at the party?
116. My friend Jack invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland. His parents live in
Paris.
A. My friend Jack whose parents live in Paris invited me to spend Christmas in
Scotland.
Page 89
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. My friend Jack, whose invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland, parents live in


Paris.
C. My friend Jack, who invited me to spend Christmas in Scotland, parents live in
Paris.
D. My friend Jack, whose parents live in Paris, invited me to spend Christmas in
Scotland.
117. I don’t believe the story. She told me it.
A. I don’t believe the story who told me it.
B. I don’t believe the story, which she told me it.
C. I don’t believe the story that she told me.
D. I don’t believe the story which told me.
118. That’s the girl. Her brother sits next to me at school.
A. That’s the girl whose brother sits next to me at school.
B. That’s the girl who brother sits next to me at school.
C. That’s the girl, whose brother sits next to me at school.
D. That’s the girl whose her brother sits next to me at school.
119. A girl answered the phone. She told me you were not at home.
A. The girl answered the phone who told me you were not at home.
B. A girl that answered the phone told me you were not at home.
C. A girl whom told me you were not at home answered the phone.
D. The girl who answered the phone told me you were not at home.
120. The picture _____________ was very strange.
A. at which I was looking B. at that I was looking
C. that I was looking at it D. which I was looking at it
121. I gave her two books, ____________.
A. one of them is about Uncle Ho’s life
B. one of that is about Uncle Ho’s life
C. of that one is about Uncle Ho’s life
D. one of which is about Uncle Ho’s life
122. The girl ___________ was very helpful.
A. which I talked to yesterday B. whom I talked to yesterday
C. to that I talked yesterday D. whom I talked to her yesterday
123. We live in a small house. It was built by our grandparents.
A. We live in a small house was built by our grandparents.
B. We live in a small house that it was built by our grandparents.
C. We live in a small house built by our grandparents.
D. We live in a small house where built by our grandparents.
124. A waitress was impatient and impolite. She served me.
A. The waitress serving me was impatient and impolite.
B. A waitress served me who was impatient and impolite.
C. A waitress whom served me was impatient and impolite.
D. The waitress served me was impatient and impolite.
125. George is the man. He was chosen to represent the committee at the convention.
A. George is the man chosen to represent the committee at the convention.
B. George is the man choosing to represent the committee at the convention.
C. George is the man to choose to represent the committee at the convention.
D. George is the man to be chosen to represent the committee at the convention.

Page 90
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

126. All of the money that was accepted has already been released.
A. All of the money to be accepted has already been released.
B. All of the money was accepted has already been released.
C. All of the money accepted has already been released.
D. All of the money accepting has already been released.
127. The number of students who have been counted is quite high.
A. The number of students been counted is quite high.
B. The number of students counted is quite high.
C. The number of students counting is quite high.
D. The number of students to be counted is quite high.
128. The girls are always complaining about the pay. He employs the girls.
A. The girls are always complaining about their pay who he employs.
B. The girls are always complaining about their pay he employs.
C. The girls, whom he employs, are always complaining about their.
D. The girls he employs are always complaining about their pay.
129. The plants may develop differently. The plants grow on the island.
A. The plants which grow on that island may develop differently.
B. The plants grow on that island may develop differently.
C. The plants which grows on that island may develop differently.
D. The plants which grow that island may develop differently.
130. John is now a famous singer. I used to study with him.
A. John is now a famous singer, with whom I used to study.
B. John who I used to study with is now a famous singer.
C. John, with whom I used to study, is now a famous singer.
D. John, that I used to study with, is now a famous singer.
131. The book is really interesting. We’ve read it several times.
A. The book is really interesting which we’ve read several times.
B. The book is really interesting which we’ve read it several times.
C. The book we’ve read several times is really interesting.
D. The book we’ve read it several times is really interesting.
132. We live in a small house. It was built by our grandparents.
A.We live in a small house was built by my grandparents.
B. We live in a small house that it was built by my grandparents
C. We live in a small house built by my grandparents
D. We live in a small house where built by my grandparents
133. A man lent you the money. What was his name?
A. A man lent you the money and what was whose name?
B. A man, who lent you the money, what was his name?
C. What was the name of a man whom lent you the money?
D. What was the name of the man lending you the money?
134. Some students in my school got scholarship and John was the sixth of them.
A. John was the sixth student in my school to get the scholarship.
B. John was the sixth students in my school who got the scholarship.
C. John was among six students in my school got the scholarship.
D. John was one of the six students in my school they got scholarship.
135. The fence was broken. It has now been repaired.
A. The fence was broken which has now been repaired.

Page 91
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

B. The fence which was broken has now been repaired,


C. The fence that broken has now been repaired.`
D. The fence breaking has now been repaired.
136. A waitress served me. She was impolite and impatient.
A. The waitress serving me was impolite and impatient.
B. A waitress served me who was impolite and impatient.
C. A waitress whom served me was impolite and impatient.
D. The waitress served me she was impolite and impatient.

RELATIVE CLAUSES – ( REDUCING)


1. The famous presenter, __________ the best in his filed, will give a speech here in
two weeks.
A. consider B. considered C. to consider D. considering
2. The only person _____________ the crime was killed in an accident this morning.
A. to witness B. witnessed C. witness D. witnessing
3. Professional tennis player, _____________ all year long, earn a lot of money.
A. train B. training C. trained D. to train
4. Pre-war songs, ____________ by the best composers, are really romantic and poet.
A. writing B. write C. written D. to be written
5. Industrial countries, __________ the air massively, must be blamed for the
worsening pollution.
A. to pollute B. polluted C. polluting D. pollute
6. Audi 909 will be the fastest car _________________ this year.
A. to manufacture B. manufacturing
C. be manufacturing D. to be manufactured
7. Steel, ________________ an essential material for construction, is mostly made in
China.
A. to be B. @ C. is D. is being
8. He is the only student ____________ the maths problems yesterday.
A. to solve B. who solve C. whom solved D. solved
9. I’m reading a book ________________ by Jack London.
A. was written B. that wrote C. written D. which written
10. The boy ____________ next to me in the evening is very clever.
A. sitting B. to sit C. Who sit D. who sits
11. We’re living in a house ________________ by green trees.
A. is surrounded B. that surrounded
C. to be surrounded D. which is surrounded
12. The first person _____________ the classroom last Monday might know the
reason.
A. entered B. to enter C. who enters D. who entered
13. Do you know the woman _____________ to the headmaster?
A. is talking B. she is talking C. that is talking D. who is talking

Page 92
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

14. We have just bought a new house ______________________.


A. overlooks the lake B. overlooking the lake
C. that overlooking the lake D. which overlook the lake.
15. I was born in a small village _____________________.
A. situating near the Red River B. is situated near the Red River
C. that situated near the Red River D. situated near the Red River
16. Who is the next candidate__________________?
A. to answer the questions B. that answer the questions
C. will answer the questions D. wants to answer the questions
17. _____________________ will become the next president of our university.
A. The man talked with me last night B. The man talking with me last night
C. The man to talk with me last night D. The man who talks with me last night
18. ___________________ was taken to the city’s hospital.
A. The woman injuring in the accident B. The woman who injured in the
accident
C. The woman was injured in the accident
D. The woman who was injured in the accident
19. She was the last applicant _______________.
A. to interview B. tobe interviewing
C. to be interviewed D. to have interviewed
20. “ What’s all the noise about?” – “ We had a bad accident ______________ at the
factory.”
A. happening B. happened C. happen D. has happened
21. The publishers expect that the new biography of Simon Bolivar will be bought by
people _____________ in Latin American history.
A. who they are interested B. interested C. are interestedD. they are interested
22. “ Have you ever met the man ________________ over there?” – “ No, who is he?”
A. stands B. is standing C. standing D. who he is standing
23. The people _____________ the acrobat turn circles in the air horrified when he
missed the outstretched hands of his partners and fell to his death.
A. watched B. watching C. watch D. were watching
24. In a movie, a teenager ______________ to pursue a singing career meets resistance
from his strong-willed father .
A. wants B. wanted C. wanting D. who want
25. I believe there is somebody ______________ at the door.
A. to knock B. knock C. knocked D. knocking
26. Taj Mahal, __________ by Shah Jahan for his wife, is thought to be one of the
great architectural wonders of the worlds.
A. being built B. was built C. built D. been built
27. Lake Superior , ________________ , borders on the United States and Canada.
A. in the world is the largest lake B. is the largest lake in the world
C. it is the largest lake in the world D. the largest lake in the world
28. A chemical company that employed 4,000 people has gone bankrupt.
A. to employ 4,000 people B. employing 4,000 people
C. employed 4,000 people D. that employing 4,000 people

Page 93
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

29. New Zealand was the first country which gave women the vote.
A. giving women the vote B. to give women the vote
C. to have given women the vote D. having given women the vote
30. Natural resources provide the raw materials ______________ to produce finished
goods.
A. needed B. are needed C. need D. needing
31. Two thieves _____________ at the bus stop were arrested yesterday.
A. having waited B. were waiting C. wait D. waiting
32. “ Have you met the man ____________ overt here?” – “ No, who is he?”
A. stands B. standing C. is standingD. who he is standing
33. I read a book about Picasso, ___________________.
A. a Spanish painter B. is a Spanish painter
C. who a Spanish painted is D. that is a Spanish painter
34. Florida, ________________ the Sunshine State, attracts many tourists every year.
A. is B. known as C. is known as D. that is known as
35. He was the only person _______________ on when I first came here.
A. relying B. relied C. to rely D. to be relied
36. The textbook _______________ to my teacher has just been stolen.
A. belong B. belongs C. belonged D. belonging
37. The baby was dropped put of the bed room window into a big net
_______________ by the firemen.
A. held B. was held C. to be held D. had been held
38. The woman ____________ us last week has sent us a present.
A. visited B. visiting C. to visit D. has visited
39. The trees ______________down in last night’s storm have been moved off the
road.
A. blew B. blown C. was blown D. blow
40. The message _______________today may reach them tomorrow.
A. sent B. which is sent C. sending D. A & B
41. The people ______________ in the village should be aware of the coming
earthquakes.
A. are living B. living C. who living D. to be living
42. The room ________________ on the third floor is being decorated.
A. that locates B. locating C. located D. to locate
43. The man _____________ him a job is very successful.
A. that offer B. offers C. that was offered D. offering
44. Animals are born in the zoos know nothing about life in the forests.
A B C D
45. The job advertising in that newspaper really attracts me.
A B C D
46. The man to wearing the white T-shirt is speaking to his English teacher.
A B C D
47. The painting, which painted by Van Gogh, was stolen many times.
A B C D
48. The experiment to conduct at the University of Chicago was successful >
A B C D

Page 94
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

49. Climbers bring with them canisters contain fuel to cook their meals.
A B C D
50. We didn’t recognize the man ______________ with Pamela.
A. that talking B. that he was talkingC. talking D. who was he talking
51. People _______________ to smoke have to leave the room.
A. want B. wanting C. wants D. to be wanted
52. The scientists __________ the medicine to cure AIDS say there is now hope for
patients.
A. who makes B. making C. make D. have making
53. Some buildings _________________ by bombs are still burning.
A. hit B. hitting C. to hit D. to be hitting
54. Paul and John were the two men ________________ on Mr. Brown’s roof.
A. working B. who worked C. worked D. A & B
55. The novel ______________ by J.F. Rowling is a best seller.
A. writing B. writes C. written D. wrote
56. The dam ____________ back the water suddenly collapsed.
A. holding B. to holding C. hold D. being held
57. The first person finishing the work will receive a present from the boss.
A B C D
58. Today the number of people whom enjoy winter sports is almost double that of
twenty years ago.

59. Have you ever read any novels writing by Jack London?
A B C D
60. That is the man which told me the bad news.
A B C D
61. Mr Brown , his picture you saw in the newspaper, lives next door to us.
A B C D
62. The message ____________today may reach them tomorrow.
A. send B. sends C. to send D. sent
63. The first person _____________ at the party will be given a small gift.
A. arrive B. arrives C. to arrive D. will arrive
64. Henry VII was the only king of England _____________six wives.
A. marry B. married C. to marry D. marrying
65. Do you know the next country ______________ the Olympic Games?
A. host B. to host C. hosted D. will host
66. The shot ___________ that day signaled the start of the American Revolution.
A. fire B. fired C. to fire D. when fired
67. New Zealand was the first country ______________ women the right to vote.
A. give B. gave C. to give D. given
68. Nellie Ross of Wyoming was the first woman ______________ governor in the
United States.
A. who elected B. to be elected C. was elected D. her lection as
69. Pioneers, ____________ in isolated areas of the United States, were almost totally
self-sufficient.
A. who living B. living C. lived D. that lived

Page 95
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

70. Completed in 1756, Nassau Hall is the oldest building now____________ on the
campus of Princeton University.
A. standing B. it stands C. has stood D. stood
71. Lady Astor was the first woman ________________her seat in Parliament.
A. take B. to take C. taking D. who takes
72. Hydroelectric power is produced by the fall of water ______________ in a dam.
A. trapping B. trapped C. to be trapped D. that trapped
73. The energy ___________ by the windmill drives all the drainage pumps.
A. that is producing B. which produces C. producing D. produced

WRITING: Combine the sentences using relative clauses.


1. The city was beautiful. We spent our vacation in that city.
→________________________________________________________________

2. That is the restaurant. I will meet you at that restaurant.


→________________________________________________________________

3. I bought a cell phone. I can use it to send and receive e-mail.


→________________________________________________________________

4. My new cell phone has become a necessary part of life. I only bought it a month ago.
→________________________________________________________________

5. My roommate has never been on the Internet. She is afraid of computers.


→________________________________________________________________

6. My stereo doesn’t work today. It worked yesterday.


→________________________________________________________________

7. A café is a small restaurant. People can get a light meal there.


→________________________________________________________________

8. Many houses were destroyed by the storm. They have now been rebuilt.
→________________________________________________________________

9. The house was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago. I was born and grew up there.
→________________________________________________________________

10. There was a time. Dinosaurs dominated the earth then.


→________________________________________________________________
11. We enjoyed the city. We spent our vacation in that city.
→________________________________________________________________

12. I would like to live in a country. There is plenty of sunshine in the country.
→________________________________________________________________

13. I haven’t seen them since the year. They got married in that year.

Page 96
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

→________________________________________________________________

14. Do you still remember the day? We first met on that day.
→________________________________________________________________

15. Julia’s father has just come back from a skiing holiday. He is over 80.
→________________________________________________________________

16. We visited Belgrade. It is the capital of Yugoslavia.


→________________________________________________________________

17. She was greatly influenced by her father. She adored him.
→________________________________________________________________

18. Parents are being asked to take part in the survey. Their children are between four and
six.
→________________________________________________________________

19. He isn’t looking forward to the time. He will have to leave at that time.
→________________________________________________________________
20. I was introduced to a man. I had seen his brother on television the evening before.
→________________________________________________________________

21. These people are very enthusiastic. They volunteer to do charity work.
→________________________________________________________________

22. I talked to a woman. Her car had broken down on the way to the party.
→________________________________________________________________

23. Max attends a training course to become a pilot. He is very interested in flying.
→________________________________________________________________

24. We went to the Riverside Restaurant. I once had lunch with Henry there.
→________________________________________________________________

25. My aunt is now a manager of a department store. Her first job was filling shelves in a
supermarket.
→________________________________________________________________

26. John Graham’s latest film is his first for more than five years. The film is set in the
north of Australia.
→________________________________________________________________

27. The Great Wall of China can be seen from the moon. It is one of the great wonders in
the world.
→________________________________________________________________

Page 97
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

28. Louisville was founded in 1778. It is the largest city in Kentucky.


→________________________________________________________________

29. Aunt Joan is a bit deaf. She didn’t hear the phone.
→________________________________________________________________

30. The singer had to cancel her concert. She was recovering from flu.
→________________________________________________________________

31. The doctor is not here today. You spoke to him yesterday.
→________________________________________________________________

32. His house is very nice. It has a front garden and many rooms.
→________________________________________________________________

33. Hong is his girlfriend. Her father is going to go to China next year.
→________________________________________________________________

34. She is the nurse. I gave the flowers to her.


→________________________________________________________________

35. He’s the boy. I bought this toy for him.


→________________________________________________________________

36. I enjoy my job because I like the people. I work with them.
→________________________________________________________________

Change all of the adjective clauses to adjective phrases using the participles or to
infinitives.
1. Our solar system is in a galaxy that is called the Milky Way.
→________________________________________________________________

2. A psychologist is a person who studies the human mind and human emotions and
behavior.
→________________________________________________________________

3. He was the first man who left the burning building.


→________________________________________________________________

4. Only a small fraction of the eggs that are laid by a fish actually hatch and survive to
adulthood.
→________________________________________________________________

5. The British Museum has outstanding collections that cover world cultures from
Prehistory to the present day.
→________________________________________________________________

Page 98
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

6. The last person who leaves the room must turn out the lights.
→________________________________________________________________

7. A knuckle is a point that connects a finger to the rest of the hand.


→________________________________________________________________

8. Antarctica is covered by a huge ice cap that contains 70 percent of the earth’s fresh
water.
→________________________________________________________________

9. The manager that offers him a job is very successful.


→________________________________________________________________

10. She is the only woman who was appointed to the board.
→________________________________________________________________

11. Only a few of the movies that are shown at the Gray Theater are suitable for children.
→________________________________________________________________

12. The couples who live in the house next door are both college professors.
→________________________________________________________________

13. My brother is the only one who realized the danger.


→________________________________________________________________

14. The Queen Elizabeth is the largest ship which has been built on the Clyde.
→________________________________________________________________

15. Neil Armstrong was the first man who walked on the moon.
→________________________________________________________________

16. The fifth man who was interviewed was entirely unsuitable.
→________________________________________________________________

17. The victims who were injured in the accident were taken to the hospital.
→________________________________________________________________

18. The book which was written by Robert gets lots of attention.
→________________________________________________________________

19. The man who is living next door invites us to his wedding anniversary.
→________________________________________________________________

20. The third house that stood stably during the bombarding is a museum now.
→________________________________________________________________

Page 99
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

21. Tet is the most popular festival in Vietnam which is celebrated on the same day as
Chinese New Year.
→________________________________________________________________

TEST 2. FUTURE JOBS


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following
questions.
1. A. promise B. polite C. ambition D. certificate
2. A. date B. apply C. vacancy D. agency
3. A. identify B. majority C. tertiary D. geography
4. A. character B. teacher C. chemist D. technical
5. A. interview B. minute C.question D. suitable

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from
the rest in the position of the main stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. interview B. impression C. company D. formally
7. A. stressful B. pressure C. prepare D. future
8. A. employment B. remember C. concentrate D. position
9. A. diploma B. ambition C. applicant D. appointment
10. A. formal B. prepare C. keenness D. stressful

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)CLOSEST in


meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. Before the interview, you have to send a letter of application and your resume to the
company.
A. recommendation B. reference C. curriculum vitae D. photograph
12. You may jot down your qualifications and experience.
A. mention B. note down C. type D. find out
13. To prepare for your job interview, you should jot down your qualifications and
experience as well as some important information about yourself.
A. draw B. place C. put D. write
14. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or
asking you.
A. be related to B. be interested in
C. pay all attention to D. express interest to
15. The number of employees in the company has increased over the past decade.
A. employer B. worker C. boss D. applicant

Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
16. In his latest speech, the Secretary General stress the importance of wildlife
conservation.

Page 100
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. ignore B. excused C. focus on D. maintain


17. Some days of rest may help to reduce the pressure of work.
A. increase B. lower C. decline D. go down

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
18. I am so ___________ that I cannot say anything, but keep silent.
A. nerve B. nervous C. nervously D. nervousness
19. ___________ speaking, I do not really like my present job.
A. Honest B. Honesty C. Honestly D. Dishonest
20. A letter of ___________ is sometimes really necessary for you in a job interview.
A. recommend B. recommended C. recommender D.recommendation
21. Her job was so __________ that she decided to quit it.
A. interesting B. satisfactory C. stressful D. wonderful
22. “Can you give me some information? – “_____________”
A. No, thanks B. Yes, I can C. Certainly, sir D. I’d love to
23. Can you please tell me some information that __________ to the job?
A. indicates B. expresses C. interests D. relates
24. Not all teenagers are well __________ for their future job when they are at high
school.
A. interested B. satisfied C. concerned D. prepared
25. Qualifications and ___________ are two most important factors that help you get a
good job.
A. politeness B. experience C. attention D. impression
26. I have just been called ___________ a job interview. I am so nervous.
A. for B. in C. over D. with
27. What do I have to bring ___________ me to the interview.
A. with B. upon C. in D. along
28. __________ instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.
A. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone,
B. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
C. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone,
D. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,
29. It was just a friendly get-together. Everyone was wearing _______ clothes. No one
needed to be well-dressed.
A. formal B. casual C. unimportant D. unfriendly
30. __________ candidates are likely to succeed in job interviews.
A. Nervous B. Self-conscious C. Self-doubt D. Self-confident
31. Nobody seemed to be interested in the news. It was greeted with a lack of
___________.
A. enthusiastic B. enthusiasm C. enthusiastically D. enthusiast
32. Housework is ___________ shared between them.
Page 101
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. equally B. equal C. equality D. equalizing


33. Before the interview, you have to send a letter of __________ and your résumé to the
company.
A. application B. reference C. curriculum vitae D. photograph
34. Many children are under such a high ___________ of learning that they do not feel
happy at school.
A. recommendation B. interview C. pressure D. concentration
35. Being well-dressed and punctual can help you create a good __________ on your
interviewer.
A. impression B. pressure C. employment D. effectiveness
36. Many people will be out of ___________ if the factory is closed.
A. work B. career C. profession D. job
37. Before _____________ for a position, check whether you can fulfill all the
requirements from the employer.
A. deciding B. applying C. requiring D. demanding
38. You should show the interviewer that you are really keen __________ the job you
have applied.
A. in B. for C. on D. over
39. You should show that you might be the most suitable ___________ for the job.
A. person B. partner C. laborer D. candidate
40. ___________ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
A. Employment B. Unemployment C. Employ D. Unemployed
41. A skilled ____________ will help candidates feel relaxed.
A. interview B. interviewing C. interviewee D. interviewer
42. With so much ____________, I’m lucky to be in work.
A. employees B. employers C. employment D. unemployment
43. Job _____________are advertised in Situation Vacant.
A. places B. positions C. seats D. vacancies
44. She _____________helpful comments on my work .
A. did B. made C. created D. formed

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that
needs correction in each of the following questions.
45. Jackie Robinson, whose joined the Brooklyn Dodgers in 1947, was the first black
A B C
American to play basketball in the major leagues.
D
46. Today we know that the earth is one of nine planets orbit the sun
A B C D
47. While the boys were ice-skating, they slip on the thin ice and fell into the deep
A B C D
water.
48. Brighton, that is on the south coast, is a popular holiday resort.

Page 102
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A B C D
49. Do you remember the night which we ate at the restaurant that Bill owned?
A B C D

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
What do you do well? What do you enjoy doing? Your answers to these two questions
will help you identify your (50) _________. An employer will consider you seriously for a
(51) __________ when you can show them that you know who you are, what you can
offer and which you have studied. Sometimes it is difficult to know what your weaknesses
are. Clearly not everyone is equally good (52) ___________ everything. You may need to
improve yourself and so (53) ___________ courses in that field could turn a weakness
into strength.
You will need to (54) ___________ some time on your self-assessment. Your honesty
and the desire for self-improvement will lead to success in getting the right job. Explore
the following seven areas to start to get to know yourself: your aptitude, your skills, your
personality, thelevel of responsibility you feel comfortable with, your interests and your
needs.
50. A. strong B. strength C. strengthen D. strengthened
51. A. position B. location C. spot D. room
52. A. upon B. in C. at D. for
53. A. meeting B. taking C. choosing D. interviewing
54. A. use B. make C. lose D. spend

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions
Preparation is a key to a successful interview. Does the idea of going to a job interview
make you feel a little nervous? Many people find that it is the hardest part of the
employing process. But it is not really true. The more you prepare and practise, the more
comfortable you will feel. You should find out as much as possible about the company
before you go to the interview. Understand the products that they produce and the services
that they provide. It is also good to know who the customers are and who the major
competitors are. “Practice makes perfect”. It will also make you feel more confident and
relaxed. So, practise your answers to common questions. Make a list of questions to ask,
too. Almost all interviewers will ask if you have questions. This is a great opportunity for
you to show your keenness, enthusiasm, and knowledge.
Make a great impression. The interview is your chance to show that you are the best
person for the job. Your application or résumé has already exhibited that you are
qualified. Now it is up to you to show how your skills and experience match this position
and this company. The employer will be looking and listening to determine if you are a
good fit. He/she will be looking for a number of different qualities, in addition to the skills
that you possess. To make the best impression, dress appropriately; express your strengths;
arrive early, by about 10-15 minutes; be enthusiastic; shake hands firmly; be an active
listener; sit up straight and maintain eye contact; and ask questions
After the interview, follow up with a thank-you note. This is a chance for you to restate
your interest and how you can benefit the company. Your best bet is to try to time it so that

Page 103
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

the note gets there before the hiring: decision is made. You should also follow up with a
phone call if you do not hear back from the employer within the specified time.
55. The pronoun it refers to ____________.
A. the job B. the interview C. the interviewer D. the preparation
56. What does the writer advise you to practice?
A. Asking and answering questions related to the job.
B. Making products that the company produces.
C. Providing services that the company serves.
D. Meeting some customers and competitors.
57. Which should not be shown during your interview?
A. Punctuality B. A firm hand shaking
C. Being properly-dressed D. Weaknesses
58. You can show your qualifications in the________________.
A. dressing style and punctuality B. competing with the competitors
C. résumé and letter of application D. eye contact with the interview
59. Which is not included in the writer's advice?
A. You should not communicate with the interviewer after the interview.
B. You 'should make the best impression in the interview.
C. You should write a note to say thanks to the interviewer after the interview.
D. You should telephone the interviewer for any information after the interview.

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions
These following tips may help you make a good impression on your job interviewer
during the interview:
Before entering enquire by saying, "May I come in sir/madam?".
If the door was closed before you entered, make sure you shut the door behind you softly.
Look at the interviewer and confidently say 'Good day sir/madam'.
If the interviewer wants to shake hands, then offer a firm grip first maintaining eye contact
and a smile.
Seek permission to sit down. If the interviewer is standing, wait for them to sit down first
before you take your seat.
An alert interviewee would diffuse the tense situation with light-hearted humor and
immediately set rapport with the interviewer.
The interviewer normally pays more attention if you display an enthusiasm in whatever
you say. This enthusiasm comes across in the energetic way you put forward your ideas.
You should maintain a cheerful disposition throughout the interview.
A little humor or wit thrown in the discussion occasionally enables the interviewer to look
at the pleasant side of your personality.
You must maintain eye contact with the interviewer. This shows your self-confidence and
honesty. Many interviewees while answering questions, tend to look away. This conveys
you are concealing your own anxiety, fear and lack of confidence. Maintaining an eye
contact is a difficult process. As the circumstances in an interview are different, the value
of eye contact is tremendous in making a personal impact.
Interviewers appreciate a natural persoJ1.rather than an actor. It is best for you to talk in
natural manner because then you appear genuine.
58. The writer attitude is _____________.

Page 104
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. optimistic B. pessimistic C. advisory D. informative


59. According to the writer, _______________.
A. shaking hands is a must in a job interview
B. you should slam the door after entering the room
C. you needn't ask for a permission to enter the room
D. eye contact is necessary in a job interview
60. The writer advises that ______________.
A. permission to sit down is unnecessary
B. you should not take your seat before the interview sits down
C. you should shake the interview's hand as firmly as possible
D. you should conceal your enthusiasm
60. Which is not advised in a job interview?
A. a lack of confident B. honesty
C. a sense of humor D. a cheerful disposition
61. During your job interview, you should communicate __________ with the interview.
A. naturally B. dramatically C. anxiously D. dishonestly

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond
to complete each of the following exchanges.
61. “Do you think it’s going to rain?” – “_______________”
A. I hope not B. I don’t hope C. I don’t hope that D. I don’t hope so
62. “Who do you think will win this beauty contest?” – “_____________”
A. No idea B. I really couldn’t say. I’m afraid
C. It doesn’t matter D. It’s not important
63. "____________ having a swim in the river?" - "That's a good idea. "
A. Why don't B. How about C. Why aren't D. Shall we
64. "Would you like a drink?" - "Oh, yes. _____________ a Coke. Thank you. "
A. I have B. I'll have C. I'm having D. I'm going to have
65. "My uncle has been a writer for many years. " - "How many books ____________ so
far?"
A. did he write B. has he been writing
C. had he written D. was he writing

Page 105
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

UNIT 7. (CLAUSES OF CONCESSION AND REASON)


I. Choose the best answer
1. He refused to give up work, _______ he’s won a million pounds.
A. despite B. however C. even though D. as though
2. ________ he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home.
A. Although B. Because C. While D. When
3. _______ an accident in the High Street, traffic is moving very slowly on the London
Road.
A. Despite B. Because C. Since D. Because of
4. ________ the wet weather, the football match went ahead.
A. Although B. Owing to C. But for D. In spite of
5. ________ the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
A. Nevertheless B. Due to C. Despite D. Although
6. He managed to win the race __________ hurting his foot before the race.
A. although B. because of C. despite of D. in spite of
7. Some snakes are poisonous, ________ others are harmless.
A. so B. for C. but D. despite
8. The player was ejected because he committed a foul.
A. as B. due to C. despite D. provided
9. _______ some German and British management styles are similar, there are many
differences between them.
A. In spite B. In spite of C. Despite the fact that D. Despite
10. I could not eat _______ I was very hungry.
A. even though B. in spite
C. despite D. in spite the fact that
11. In spite _______, the baseball game was not cancelled.
A. the rain B. of the rain
C. it was raining D. there was a rain
12. ______ he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
A. In spite B. In spite of C. Despite D. Although
13. _______, he walked to the station.
A. Despite being tired B. Although to be tired
C. In spite being tired D. Despite tired
14. The children slept well, despite _______.
A. it was noise B. the noise C. of the noise D. noisy
15. _______ her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
A. In spite B. Even though C. In spite of D. Despite of
16. _______ they are brothers, they do not look like.
A. Although B. Even C. Despite D. In spite of
17. Our new neighbors are quite nice _______ they are sometimes talkative.
A. despite B. in spite of the fact
C. though D. as though
18. _______ of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
A. In spite B. Despite C. But D. Although
19. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.

Page 106
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. As hard as he work B. Despite he worked hard


C. Though he worked hard D. Although hard work
20. Despite the fact that _______, we enjoyed our trip.
A. the weather is bad B. it is a bad weather
C. the bad weather D. the weather was bad
21. Tom went to work despite _______.
A. that he did not feel very well B. of the fact not feeling well
C. he did not feel very well D. not feeling very well
22. It was very cold _______ she did not put on her coat.
A. in case B. but C. even if D. even though
23. John rarely sees Paul _______ they live in the same town.
A. notwithstanding B. despite C. in spite of D. although
24. ______ they lost, their fans gave them a big cheer.
A. However B. In spite of C. Although D. if
25. ______ the bad weather, the plan landed safely.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. despite the fact that D. though
26. _______ it was raining hard, he went out without a raincoat.
A. Despite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
27. _______ of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
A. In spite B. Despite C. But D. Although
28. _______ his exhaustion, he won the marathon by nearly three minutes.
A. In spite B. Despite C. Although D. However
29. Despite _______, we arrived on time.
A. the traffic B. of the traffic
C. there was heavy traffic D. of there was heavy traffic
30. _____ he is the boss, he does not find solutions to problems very easily.
A. Although B. In spite of C. Notwithstanding D. Despite

II. Choose the option A, B, C or D that best completes the sentences.


1. _________ all my warnings, he tried to fix the computer himself.
A. Because B. Because of C. Although D. In spite of
2. ___________ the storm warnings, we didn’t go out last night.
A. Because B. Because of C. Although D. In spite of
3. Hans finished school ___________ his leg injury.
A. because of B. despite C. though D. because
4. I try to do my homework ___________ the noise
A. because of B. although C. despite of D. in spite of
5. It was difficult to deliver the letter ____________ the sender had written the wrong
address on the envelop.
A. because B. despite C. though D. because of
6. _____________ it rained heavily, we enjoyed our holiday.
A. Because of B. Because C. Despite D. Though
7. Marcella was awarded a scholarship _____________ her superior scholastic ability.
A. because of B. because C. despite D. although
8. ________________ having little money, they are happy.
A. Despite B. Because of C. Although D. Because
9. _______________ she was not well, she still went to work.
Page 107
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. Because B. Because of C. Although D. In spite of


10. The student arrived late ____________ the traffic jam.
A. because of B. in spite of C. although D. because
11. We are going to have a picnic _____________ the bad weather.
A. because B. despite C. although D. because of
12. ____________ his physical handicap, he has become a successful businessman.
A. Because of B. Because C. Though D. Despite
13. ___________ these cars are cheap, they last a long time.
A. Because B. In order that C. Although D. After
14. You need good shoes to go hiking in the mountains _____the ground is rough and
hard.
A. because B. so that C. before D. even though
15. He went to bed ___________ he was sleepy.
A. because B. so that C. because of D. although
16. ____________ Jack has a master’s degree, he works as a store clerk.
A. Because B. So that C. Where D. Though
17. I made a mistake _____________ I was tired.
A. though B. so that C. because D. if
18. ____________ a headache, he enjoyed the film.
A. Although B. In spite of C. Because of D. However
19. My sister will take the plane ___________ she dislikes flying.
A. because B. so that C. although D. because of
20. We took many pictures ___________ the cloudy sky.
A. despite of B. even though C. despite D. because
21. Although the sun was shining, __________.
A. it was very hot B. it wasn’t very hot
C. yet it was very hot D. but it was very hot
22. I knew they were talking about me ________ they stopped when I entered the room.
A. therefore B. despite C. so that D. because
23. ________ he tries his best to support his own living, he can't be able to go to college.
A. Unless B. Although C. If D. So
24. We understood him ________ he spoke very fast.
A. because of B. though C. in spite of D. despite
25. I’m learning English _________ I want to get a better joB.
A. but B. because C. therefore D. or
26. We turned off the radio __________ the boring program.
A. because B. because of C. however D. In spite of
27. __________ their valuable fur , many animals are hunted .
A. Because B. In spite of C. Because of D. therefore
28. _________ my father is old, he still goes jogging.
A. Although B. Because of C. So that D. Despite
29. I haven’t been climbing ________ I broke my leg last summer.
A. although B. since C. so that D. before
30. I will not lend you a little money ________ you promise to pay me back next week.
A. as if B. unless C. if D. where
31. She took a computer course ________ she could get a better joB.
A. so that B. as if C. if D. though

Page 108
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

32. Nowadays, the divorce rate is higher than it used to be________ young people are
allowed to decide on their marriage.
A. despite B. but C. even though D. in spite of
33. _________ his poor health, Mr Brown still works hard to support his family.
A. Despite of B. Despite C. Although D. Because of
34. You should say goodbye to your brother ________ you leave for Europe.
A. despite B. after C. since D. before
35. ________ my father has high blood pressure, he has to watch what he eats.
A. Although B. After C. Because D. Before
36. ________ I came to this country, I couldn't speak a word of English.
A. Since B. After C. When D. Before
37. I'll let you know ________ I come back.
A. though B. since C. because D. before
38. He doesn't understand ________ he doesn't speak French very well.
A. whenever B. so that C. because D. before
39. He spoke slowly ________ she would understand.
A. while B. after C. so that D. because
40. ________ you stop crying, I'll buy you an ice cream.
A. Unless B. If C. Since D. As
41. The class discussion was short. ________, we gained some new knowledge from it.
A. However B. Moreover C. Although D. Therefore
42. The underground is cheap; ________, it is faster than the train.
A. however B. moreover C. but D. though
43. ________ you study harder, you will not win a scholarship.
A. Unless B. Because C. If D. In order that
44. The country air is fresh. ________, it is not polluted.
A. However B. Moreover C. Whenever D. Beside
45. He never goes to bed ________ he finishes his homework.
A. unless B. when C. while D. if
46. She is looking for a new job ________ she is tired of doing a routine job day after
day.
A. since B. as C. because D. all are correct
47. He left home early ________ he could arrive at the station on time.
A. because of B. in order to C. although D. so that
48. We will wait here ________ he comes back.
A. while B. until C. before D. after
49. Thousands of people came to see the Queen ________ the rain.
A. because B. owing to C. in spite of D. according to
50. We could reach the house ________ the road was flooded.
A. although B. whether C. as if D. even
51. You have to make up your mind fast, ________ you slip the best opportunity.
A. and B. so that C. if D. or
52. My mother looks ________ she is tired. Perhaps she didn't sleep well last night.
A. like B. although C. until D. as if
53. Our teacher speaks slowly ________ we may understand him.
A. because B. in order to C. so that D. or
54. I haven't seen Tom ________ he gave me this book.

Page 109
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. since B. for C. until D. before


55. ________ it is getting dark, she still waits for him.
A. Unless B. Since C. While D. Although
56. ________ it rained heavily, they went to school on time.
A. Even though B. despite C. Though D. A and C are correct
57. Our visit to Japan was delayed ________ my wife's illness.
A. because B. because of C. thanks to D. though
58. ________ he comes to theater with me, I shall go alone.
A. Because of B. Unless C. Because D. When
59. Trees won't grow ________ there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
60. The play was very boring, ________ they walked out.
A. although B. so that C. since D. so
61. I couldn't unlock it ________ I had the wrong key.
A. because B. so that C. therefore D. so
62. He got a new alarm clock ________ he'd get up on time.
A. although B. so that C. since D. so
63. He hasn't written to us ________ he left.
A. as long as B. since C. by the time D. as soon as
64. She'll only do the job ________ you pay her more.
A. before B. after C. if D. while
65. I never take an umbrella ________ it's raining heavily.
A. when B. whenever C. if D. unless
66. _____ rain or snow, there are always more than fifty thousand fans at the football
games.
A. Despite B. Although C. Despite of D. Although
67. The gate was shut ________ the cows won't get out of the cage.
A. so as to B. in order to C. so as not D. so that
68. He works hard ________ help his family.
A. so as that B. in order to C. in order that D. A and B are correct
69. We moved to the front row ________ we could hear and see better.
A. so B. so that C. such D. such that
70. Mozart could write music ________ he was only five.
A. because B. although C. when D. however
71. It was late, ________ I decided to phone home.
A. however B. but C. although D. and
72. Minh had a terrible headache. ________, he went to school.
A. Therefore B. But C. However D. Although
73. Tom has a bike, ________ he always walks to work.
A. so B. but C. however D. and
74. It was too dark to go on, ________. we found somewhere to stay.
A. so B. but C. however D. because
75. Her mother was sick. ________, Jane had to stay at home to look after her.
A. but B. However C. so D. Therefore
76. We couldn’t get a seat ________ we arrived quite early.
A. but B. however C. nevertheless D. although

Page 110
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

77. My car broke down on the way.______, when I got to the airport the plane had taken
off
A. Because B. However C. But D. Therefore
78. We keep our bread in the fridge, ________ it doesn't go bad.
A. since B. so that C. although D. after
79. Hockey players wear lots of protective clothing ________ they don’t get hurt.
A. because of B. after C. in order that D. though
80. _____he is so busy with his work, he always finds time to go to the concert every
week.
A. If B. Since C. Although D. Because
81. He passed the examination ________ he had been prevented by illness from studying.
A. although B. but C. however D. moreover
82. ________ the dolphin lives in the sea, it is not a fish – it’s a mammal.
A. Whether B. So that C. Although D. After

III. Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.


1. In spite her serve pain, she tried to walk to the auditorium to attend the lecture.
A B C D
2. Friends advised her to stop doing the housework because her old age
A B C D
3. He decided not to get that job because of the salary was low
A B C D
4. Because his terrible headache, he can’t finish his work on time
A B C D
5. Although our grandfather was old but he could help us.
A B C D
6. John didn’t go to work because of he was seriously ill.
A B C D
7. I’ll give him a map so as to he can find the way all right.
A B C D
8. He tried to explain, so she refused to listen.
A B C D
9. He doesn't buy a ticket every day so he has a season ticket.
A B C D
10. Mrs. Green was cooking dinner but her daughter Susan was laying the table.
A B C D
11. He decided not to get that job because of the salary was low
A B C D
12. Although the bad traffic, I managed to arrive at the meeting on time.
A B C D
13. In spite of my father is old, he still goes to work.
A B C D
14. Mai often arrives at the office at nine o’clock, but because the storm, she was late this
A B C D
15. She always behaves childishly despite she has grown up.
A B C D
16. Despite the sun was shining, it wasn’t warm enough for our children to go swimming.

Page 111
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

IV. Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one
1. We stayed in that hotel despite the noise
A. Despite the hotel is noisy, we stayed there.
B. We stayed in the noisy hotel and we liked it.
C. Although the hotel was noisy, we stayed there.
D. Because of the noise, we stayed in the hotel.
2. They can’t work and travel because they are old.
A. Because of their old age, they can’t work and travel.
B. In spite of their old age, they can work and travel.
C. Despite their old age, they still work and travel.
D. Even though they work and travel, they are old.
3. Despite the bad weather, people travel by air
A. Even though the weather is bad, people travel by air.
B. Because the weather is bad, people travel by air.
C. In spite of people travel by air, the weather is bad.
D. Although the bad weather, people travel by air.
4. She is learning English because she wants to get a better job.
A. She is learning English so that she gets a better job.
B. She is learning English so as she gets a better job.
C. She is learning English in order she can get a better job.
D. She is learning English so that she will be able to get a better job.
5. He was very tired but he kept on working.
A. Despite he was very tired, he kept on working.
B. In spite of he was very tired, he kept on working.
C. Though his tiredness, he kept on working.
D. Although he was very tired, he kept on working.
6. Although she was very old, she looked very grateful.
A. Despite she was very old, she looked very grateful.
B. Despite her old age, she looked very grateful.
C. In spite of very old, she looked very grateful.
D. In spite her being old, she looked very grateful.
7. She was so busy that she couldn’t answer the phone.
A. Because she was very busy, she couldn’t answer the phone.
B. Because she was very busy, she could answer the phone.
C. Although she was very busy, she couldn’t answer the phone.
D. Although she was very busy, she could answer the phone.
8. Despite feeling cold, we kept walking.
A. Although we felt cold, but we kept walking
B. Although we felt cold, we kept walking
C. However cold we felt, but we kept walking
D. However we felt cold, we kept walking
9. The children laughed a lot because of the funny story.
A. The children laughed because the story is funny.
B. The children laughed because of the story funny.
C. The children laughed because it was funny.
D. The children laughed because the story was funny.
10. Although she tells lies, I believe her.

Page 112
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. In spite of telling lies, I believe her. B. In spite her telling lies, I believe her.
C. In spite of her telling lies, I believe her. D. In spite of her tell lies, I believe her.
11. Although he is intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.
A. Despite being intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.
B. In spite he is intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.
C. Although his intelligence, he does well at school.
D. In spite of intelligent, he doesn't do well at school.
12. I usually drive to work, but today I go by bus.
A. Although I can drive to work, I go by bus today.
B. Although I can go by bus, I drive to work today.
C. Instead of driving to work, I go by bus today.
D. Instead of going by bus, I drive to work today.
13. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite of his broken legs, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
14. Despite feeling cold, we kept walking.
A. Although we felt cold, but we kept walking
B. Although we felt cold, we kept walking
C. However cold we felt, but we kept walking
D. However we felt cold, we kept walking
15. The children laughed a lot because of the funny story.
A. The children laughed because the story is funny.
B. The children laughed because of the story funny
C. The children laughed because it was funny.
D. The children laughed because the story was funny
16. Although he took a taxi, Bill still arrived late for the concert.
A. Bill arrived late for the concert because he takes a taxi.
B. Bill arrived late for the concert because of the taxi.
C. In spite of taking a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
D. Although Bill took a taxi he can’t come to the concert on time.
17. He is very rich, but he isn’t very happy.
A. Although he is very rich, but he isn’t very happy.
B. Although he is very rich, he isn’t very happy.
C. Although he isn’t very rich, but he is very happy.
D. Because he is very rich, but he isn’t very happy.
18. Despite the terrible noise, I kept on studying.
A. In spite the terrible noise, I kept on studying.
B. Although the terrible noise, I kept on studying.
C. Because of the terrible noise, I kept on studying.
D. Although it was terribly noisy, I kept on studying.
19. The flight was not delayed though it was foggy.
A. The flight was not delayed because it was foggy.
B. The flight was delayed although it was foggy.
C. The flight was delayed though it was not foggy.
D. The flight was not delayed in spite of the thick fog.

Page 113
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

UNIT 8: LIFE IN THE FUTURE


TEST 1. PREPOSITIONS AND ARTICLES
I. Choose the best answer.
1. Those workers are in difficulty because wage increases cannot keep up _______
inflation.
A. with B. for C. over D. on
2. They argued _______ us _______ the problem last night, but we could not find
_______ the solution.
A. with / about / out B. on / for / off C. upon / with / in D. to / on I up
3. Williams is working _______ an export company. He intends to apply _______
another job because he is not satisfied _______ the salary.
A. in / on / at B. for / for / with C. at / out / into D. from/ on/ for
4. Is Miss Wilson very fond _______ French food? - No, she is not used _______ having
French food.
A. over / with B. of / to C. off / for D. in / about
5. Look _______! The tree is going to fall.
A. over B. off C. in D. out
6. I think we maybe run _______ natural resources some day.
A. in to B. up to C. out of D. away from
7. _______ whom do these English books belong?
A. From B. To C. For D. With
8. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty ___ drug ads.
A. with B. of C. for D. about
9. The space shuttle crashed and went _______ in flames.
A. of B. for C. over D. off
10. Elevators in tall building make the top floors accessible _____ everybody
A. to B. with C. about D. at
11. While I am waiting _______ my bus, I often listen _______ music.
A. on / at B. for / to C. toward / about D. upon / in
12. Those spacecrafts are used ______ taking photographs _______ space.
A. about / through B. for / in C. of / at D. in / off
13. Will you take care _______ my little dog when I am _______ business?
A. through / away B. about / at C. for / over D. of / on
14. He depends _______ his sister _______ assistance.
A. to / from B. from / in C. on / for D. at / with
15. Luckily, you are _______ time for the meeting.
A. on B. in C. out D. of
16. Many people are dying _______ various types of cancer
A. of B. by C. on D. in
17. I will not be here next week. I am going to be ______ business in Mexico.
A. in B. of C. on D. off
18. ______ the end of the book, they get married and live happily ever after.
A. In B. To C. At D. From
19. I can’t believe _____ you. You always let ma down.
A. to B. on C. out D. in

Page 114
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

20. I have warned you _____ the difficulties you have to face when applying for the job.
A. on B. to C. in D. about
21. Britney Spears is famous ______ her beautiful face and sweet voice.
A. by B. for C. of D. about
22. The bookshop is _______ the chemist’s and the butcher’s and _______ the library.
A. between/opposite B. among/across
C. between/across D. among/opposite
23. Next year, I am going to get married ____ John and we are going to move to Bristol.
A. with B. on C. of D. to
24. It's hard work looking _______ three children all day.
A. after B. up C. to D. through
25. We got there just ________ time to see the end of the program.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
26. His ideas about marriage are quite different ______ mine.
A. with B. from C. for D. on
27. Pay more attention _______ picture and you can find out who is the robber.
A. to B. for C. at D. on
28. In Vietnam a school year lasts for nine months and is divided _______ 2 terms.
A. into B. to C. from D. on
29. _______ the end of the school year, students take an exam in each subject.
A. On B. To C. In D. At
30. School boards are usually made _______ of people who live in the area, often parents
of children in the school.
A. up B. of C. into D. over
31. In England schooling is compulsory _______ all children from the age of 5 to 16.
A. with B. for C. to D. over
32. You are old enough. I think it is high time you applied _______ a job.
A. in B. of C. for D. upon
33. Will you take care of my little dog when I am _______ business?
A. away B. at C. over D. on
34. You should show the interviewer that you are really keen ______ the job you have
applied.
A. in B. for C. on D. over
35. They held a party to congratulate _______ their son's success to become an engineer.
A. with B. on C. for D. about
36. Many people are dying _______ various types of cancer.
A. by B. of C. out D. for
37. Try to make an immediate impression ________your interviewer.
A. to B. on C. of D. for
38. Britney Spears is famous ________ her beautiful face and sweet voice.
A. about B. of C. by D. for
39. Next year, I am going to get married _______ John and we are going to move to
Bristol.
A. to B. with C. in D. for
40. It’s time to go to bed. Don’t stay _________ late.
A. on B. off C. up D. for

Page 115
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

41. 15,589 species are now considered _______ risk _______ extinction.
A. at / of B. on / in C. for / with D. in / at
42. Clearing forests for timber has resulted _______ the loss of biodiversity.
A. with B. at C. in D. for
43. Who does the book belong ________?
A. for B. to C. on D. through
44. Many people are not interested ________ reading books as much as seeing films.
A. in B. with C. for D. about
45. What kind of sport one chooses to play mostly depends _______ his preference and
health.
A. with B. for C. in D. on
46. The host country, Laos, is expected to announce official sports for 25th SEA Games
____ November 2008.
A. on B. in C. during D. from
47. Women are increasingly involved ________ the public life.
A. of B. in C. with D. from
48. The goal the ASEAN Vision 2020 aims _______ creating a stable, prosperous and
highly competitive ASEAN economic region.
A. for B. on C. at D. up
49. Many modern medicines are derived _______ plants and animals.
A. on B. for C. from D. in
50. He picked ________ the book and turned page after page.
A. up B. on C. away D. in

II. Choose the best answer:


1. _____ computers will continue to get smaller, faster and more affordable.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
1. ____ aspirin is recommended to many people as _____ good pain killer.
A. An / the B. The / Ø C. Ø / a D. A / the
2. On _______ Internet and with cable television w e can select information from
_______ wide variety of sources.
A. the / a B. an / the C. the / Ø D. Ø / the
3. You frequently see this kind of violence on _______ television.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
4. He usually travels to Philadelphia by _______ train.
A. - B. an C. the D. a
5. What are your plans for _______ future?
A. a B. an C. the D. -
6. _______ information you need is. in this book. Read it carefully.
A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
7. Davis learned to play ________ violin when he was 16.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
8. Where are the children? – They are at ________ school.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
9. There was __________ restaurant on this street.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
10. Can you play _________ football?
Page 116
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
11. Did you read _______ book I lent you last week?
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
12. Have you ever been to ________ France?
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
13. Columbus was one of ________ first people to cross the Atlantic.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
14. The computer has already changed our _________ lives dramatically.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
15. It takes 2 hours to go downtown by ________ bus.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
16. ______ basketball is a great way to take my mind off things.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
17. It’s true that _______ rich lead a different life from the poor.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
18. She has been playing _______ guitar for ten years.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
19. There is _______ special TV program tonight.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
20. Milan is in the north of ________ Italy.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
nd
21. In ________ 22 SEA Games, Vietnam won 158 gold medals.
A. a B. an C. the D. no article
22. Braille is a special system to help _____ blind read.
A. a B. an C. the D. Æ
23. She finished _______ her university education and then prepared for a master course.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
24. We went to the airport by ________ bicycle.
A. an B. a C. the D. ×
25. Did Jane get _________ job she applied for?
A. a B. an C. the D. Æ
26. Most Japanese people are very fond of _________ baseball.
A. Æ B. the C. a D. an
27. Part of ……….. New York City is situated on Long Island.
A. a B. an C. the D. Æ
28. ....................... eldest boy is at ............... college.
A. The /the                B.An/ the             C. The /x                   D. a/ the
29. Motion picture has soon become one of ……….. most popular forms of entertainment
all over …….. world.
A. the / the B. the / - C. a / the D. a / a
30. There isn’t ……. airport near where I live. …………… nearest airport is 70 miles
away.
A. an / A B. an / The C. the / A D. the / The

III. Choose the sentence has the same meaning:


1. I will take up golf this year.

Page 117
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. I will begin to play golf this year.


B. I will stop playing golf this year.
C. I will build a golf court this year.
D. I will enter a golf competition this year.
2. Go over the report before you submit it.
A. Before you submit the report, you should be finished writing it.
B. Type the report quickly and then submit it.
C. Read the report carefully before you submit it.
D. Before you write the report you have to find enough information.
3. The sign says, "Keep off the grass."
A. The sign says, "Have someone cut the grass immediately."
B. The sign says, "Don't walk on the grass."
C. The sign says, "Grass should not be grown here."
D. The sign says, "Water the grass, please."
4. Let’s put off that meeting to next Monday.
A. Let’s arrange that meeting to next Monday.
B. Let’s postpone that meeting to next Monday.
C. Let’s decide that meeting to next Monday.
D. Let’s start that meeting to next Monday.

UNIT 8. LIFE IN THE FUTURE


TEST 2
I. Choose the word which is stressed differently from the rest.
1. A. different B. terrorist C. contrary D. domestic
2. A. future B. burden C. device D. certain
3. A. threaten B. appear C. modern D. instance
4. A. powerful B. medical C. dangerous D. computer
5. A. history B. depression C. invention D. completel

II. Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part
1. A. future B. mature C. pasture D. nature
2. A. chore B. technology C. much D. exchange
3. A. threaten B. earth C. healthy D. breathe
4. A. wipe B. allow C. powerful D. answer
5. A. service B. practice C. office D. device

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)CLOSEST
in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
1. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.
A. speed B. expectation C. improvement D. treatment
2. Those companies were closed due to some seriously financial problems.
A. taken off B. put away C. wiped out D. gone over

Page 118
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

3. Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving


devices.
A. Official B. Household C. Schooling D. Foreign

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s)
OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions
4. The new laws to conserve wildlife in the area will come into force next month.
A. protect B. destroy C. pollute D. eliminate
5. The Red Cross is an international humanitarian agency dedicated to reducing the
sufferings of wounded soldiers, civilians and prisoners of war.
A. pain and sorrow B. loss
C. worry and sadness D. happiness
6. I’m sorry I can’t come out this weekend – I’m up to my ears in work.
A. very busy B. very bored C. very scared D. very free

IV. Choose A, B, C, or D that best completes each unfinished sentence, substitutes the
underlined part, or has a close meaning to the original one.
7. Constant _______ of attack makes everyday life dangerous here.
A. threat B. threaten C. threatening D. threateningly
8. No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen _______.
A. expected B. unexpected C. expectedly D. unexpectedly
9. Someone who is _____ is hopeful about the future or the success of something in
particular.
A. powerful B. optimistic C. stagnant D. pessimistic
10. There will be powerful network of computers which may come from a single
computing _______ that is worn on or in the body.
A. device B. machinery C. equipment D. vehicle
11. A _____ is a spacecraft that is designed to travel into space and back to earth several
times.
A. plane B. corporation C. telecommunication D. shuttle
12. An economic _______ is a time when there is very little economic activity, which
causes a lot of unemployment and poverty.
A. improvement B. depression C. development D. mission
13. The more powerful weapons are, the more terrible the _______ is.
A. creativity B. history C. terrorism D. technology
14. She is looking _______ a new place to live because she does not want to depend
_______ her parents any more.
A. for / on B. after / with C. up / forward D. at / into
15. I was brought _______ in the countryside by my aunt after my parents had pass
_______.
A. on / over B. for / on C. on / off D. up / away
16. Due to industrialization, we have to cope _______ the fact that many species are
_______ danger _______ extinction.
A. over / at / for B. at / upon / over C. for / on / with D. with / in / of
17. Boys! Put your toys ______. It is time to go to bed. Don't stay _____ late.

Page 119
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. off / on B. away / up C. down / off D. around/ for


18. She intended to quit her job to stay _______ home and look _______ her sick mother.
A. in / at B. at / after C. for / over D. up / on
19. He is very worried _______ his new job because he is not quite prepared _______
working.
A. on / over B. to / off C. about / for D. in / at
20. Instead _____ petrol, cars will only run ____ solar energy and electricity.
A. of / on B. for / by C. in / over D. from/ upon
21. She has a promising future ahead _______ her.
A. for B. from C. on D. of
22. What are your plans for _______ future?
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
23. _______technology is already present in the form of computers, printers, scanners,
handheld devices, wireless technologies, and Internet connections.
A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
24. There is a wide _______ of computers in that shop for you to choose.
A. vary B. various C. variety D. variously
25. Many people think that in some more years we will see the complete _______ of
newspapers and magazines due to the Internet.
A. disappear B. disappearance C. appear D. appearing
26. A specific area of biotechnology that shows great promise for treatment and cure of
life- _______ diseases.
A. developing B. threatening C. hoping D. fitting
27. The idea of building a _______ with human intelligence is not only ambitious but also
highly unconventional.
A. robot B. corporation C. line D. road
28. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and dish washers are labor _______ devices
which help us do housework easily and quickly.
A. improving B. making C. saving D. employing
29. In the future, the number of tiny but _______ computers you encounter every day will
number in the thousands, perhaps millions.
A. power B. powerful C. powerfully D. powered
30. Advances in computing _______, from processing speed to network capacity and the
internet, have revolutionized the way scientists work.
A. technology B. technological C. technologically D. technologist
31. Someone who is _______ thinks that bad things are going to happen.
A. optimistic B. pessimistic C. threatened D. hopeful
32. _______ is the technology of sending signals and messages over long distances using
electronic equipment, for example by radio and telephone.
A. Telecommunication B. Telegraph
C. Multifunction D. Information technology
33. Strict ___ measures are in force in the capital to protect it from terrorism.
A. scientific B. normal C. transportation D. security
34. Doctors and pharmacists have to assume _______ for human life.
A. responsibility B. achievement C. optimism D. aspect

V. Error Identification
Page 120
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

35. Many optimist people have made predictions about the positive impact of the
increasing mechanization on human life.

36. Imagine an entirely wireless world where the Net is "always on, always there", we live
in endless sea of data, and objects are alive with intelligent.

37. Electricity is the most critical energy for the future of many countries and cheap,
plentiful electricity is associated for high employment and productivity.

38. Our continuously economic growth, the maintenance of our quality of life and
assurance of our security all depend on a abundant, affordable supply of electricity

39. The computer allows us to work fast and efficient.

VI. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer.
In the future, genetic engineering will allow us to create the perfect human. It will be hard
to get used to. Parents will order a baby who 'will grow up to become his new job because
he is not quite prepared a genius or to have a Miss World appearance. Also, genetic
engineering will allow us to mix plants and animals.

As computers have advanced, they have helped us remember, calculate, organize, and
clarify. So it will become easier to deal with things, and much quicker. At a point in a
future time, some may claim that computers become about as smart as Newton or Einstein.
More advanced computers will be able to be creative, respond to feelings in a feeling way,
develop intuition, recognize patterns, and suggest innovative alternatives. There is a hope
if we choose to take action. We can select Internet information wisely, choose healthy
computer games, limit our exposure to television commercials, and select television
programs carefully. People will be aware of the importance of keeping active, getting
outside to do more physical activities. We will also plan to make a major sacrifice the next
time we buy a car, take the bus. Everybody will be more concerned about making
environmentally friendly choices, eating healthy, and helping build a healthier society by
shopping at better stores that sell better food.

Most people will be aware that a happy, loving family is a joy to be part of, and that it is a
necessary foundation for building a strong society. But it is extremely important for our
future that we maintain a healthy perspective. We need to value and appreciate the
importance of what can be achieved by loving and committed parents. People need a
strong foundation, so it is vital for our society that we encourage parents to work at
creating love, joy, and happiness for their children in a .decent, stable, and productive
atmosphere.
40. How many aspects of life in the future are referred in the text?
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
41. Which aspect is not referred in the text?
A. Education B. Genetic Engineering C. Computers D. Family
42. The phrase “to have a Miss World appearance” means that _______.
A. to become a Miss World B. to enter a beauty contest

Page 121
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. to be intelligent D. to be beautiful
43. According to the text, in the future, _______.
A. it will be difficult for us to select Internet information
B. people will prefer taking a bus to buying a car
C. food will not be sold at shops
D. TV viewers will not be able to escape from seeing a lot of advertising.
44. The last paragraph is about _______.
A. family and parents' responsibility in the future
B. children's education
C. children's health
D. how to build a strong society

VII. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Over the next 20 to 50 years, it will become harder to tell the difference between the
human and the (45)_______ . All body parts will be replaceable. A computer will function
like the human brain with the ability to (46) _______ feelings and respond in a feeling
way. They will then produce fake people. We will then be able (47 )_______ create a
machine duplicate of ourselves so we will appear to be alive long after we are (48)
_______ Maybe a few decades later, a way will be found to transfer our spirit (including
our memories and thoughts) to the new body. Then we call choose to live for a period
(49)_______we want.
45. A. airplane B. television C. calculator D. machine
46. A. see B. recognize C. think D. hear
47. A. to B. about C. of D. in
48. A. poor B. dead C. alive D. injured
49. A. as well as B. as fast as C. as long as D. as well as

THE END!

Page 122
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

ÔN TẬP CÁC CHỦ ĐIỂM NGỮ PHÁP LỚP 10


I. USED TO
1. He _____ stop for gas at this filling station.
A. is used to B. used to C. use D. uses
2. I _____ this weather in this region.
A. am used to B. used to C. used D. use
3. These children _____ working in a noisy room.
A. didn’t used to B. aren’t used to C. didn’t use to D. isn’t used to
4. I _____ this book for years.
A. will be used to B. have been used to C. will use D. have used
5. It took me a long time _____ wearing glasses.
A. get used to B. used to C. to get used to D. to use
6. I don’t know how _____ this computer.
A. to use B. to be used to C. to get used to D. be used for
7. I ____ live in Finland, but now I live in Thailand.
A. am used to B. didn’t used to C. get used to D. used to
8. When I was a child, I ____ play games with friends in a big field.
A. am used for B. used to C. have used D. am used to
9. The European tourists _____ hot weather.
A. didn’t use to B. isn’t used to C. aren’t used to D. are used for
10. We ____ reading books and magazines in English.
A. are used to B. used to C. aren’t use to D. use
11. I ____ like Ann, but now she gets on my nerves.
A. am used for B. use C. used to D. get used to
12. Jack got tired very quickly. He _____ running so fast.
A. doesn’t get used to B. wasn’t used to
C. isn’t used to D. didn’t use to
13. European tourists _____ tropical climate.
A. used to B. used
C. aren’t used for D. aren’t used to
14. My mother _____ living in the countryside.
A. is used to B. is used C. used to D. has used
15. The Smiths _____ go on picnics at weekends when they were in Boston.
A. are used for B. are used to C. get used to D. used to
16. I.................like going to pop concerts when I was a teenager.
A. would B. used to C. must D. could
17. Rick left the party early because he .............. a headache
A. had B. has C. used to have D. was having
18. Claude didn't ............... in Canada.
A. lived B. use to live C. used to live D. used to living
19. I remember you. You ........... to school here.
A. were used to going B. have already gone C. went D. used to go
20. He used to…….6 days a week last year. Now he doesn’t.
A. working B. to working C. work D. worked
21. Did you……go out with my sister?
b use to B. used to C. get used to D. be used to
Page 123
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

22. .………they use to own the company?


A. Are B. Did C. A&B are right D. A&B are wrong
23. Didn’t we………..to the same school?
A. used to go B. get used to go C. use to go D. used to going
24. I didn’t use………….with my dolls anymore.
A. play B. playing C. to playing D. to play
25. We ……….out much in the winter months.
A. didn’t use to go B. didn’t used to C. A&B are right D. A&B are wrong
26. Jerry used to………English.
A. studying B. to study C. to studying D. study
27. Sam and Mary………..to Mexico in the summer but now they go to Cuba.
A. used to go B. use to go C. got used to go D. got used to going
28. I………..work at 9 o’clock but now I don’t anymore.
A. used to start B. used to starting C. use to start D. get used to start
29. Christine……….eat meat, but now she is a vegetarian.
A. used to B. gets used to C. is used to D. be used to
30. I used to……………in Paris when I worked for the HB bank.
A. living B. lived C. to live D. live

II. Complete the sentences with “used to” or “be used to” and the correct form of the
verbs in brackets.
1. I ………………………… (play) the piano quite well when I was younger. Now, I’m
not sure I could play anything if I tried. It’s been too many years.
2. I ………………………… (drive) on busy highways in big cities. I’ve been doing it
ever since I learned how to drive.
3. The early pioneers in the United States ……………… (rely) heavily on hunting and
fishing for their food.
4. My feet are killing me! I ……………… (not stand) for long period of time. Let’s find
a place to sit down.
5. I ………………………… (come) to work ten minutes early. I hoped that my boss
would notice and give me a raise in pay. It didn’t work, so I stopped coming early.
6. People ………………………… (believe) that the earth was flat.
7. I ………………………… (not like) him much when we were at school.
8. I ………………………… (smoke), but I gave up a couple of years ago.
9. He ………………………… (be) very shy, but now he’s gone to the opposite extreme.
10. We ………………………… (go) sailing on the lake in summer when we were young.
11. Nam ………………………… (take) care of himself. He left home when he was 15
and has been on his own ever since.
II. COMPARISON
Page 124
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

1. This is __________ hotel we have ever stayed at.


A. the most modern B. modernist C. the more modern D. most modern
2. I think Sally is quite _________ her sister.
A. as pretty B. as pretty as C. as pretty than D. prettier
3. My father doesn’t travel to Europe on business ________ he used to.
A. frequently as B. more frequently as
C. as frequently that D. as frequently as
4. She is a _____ tourist guide than I expected.
A. good B. well C. best D. better
5. Your bicycle is in ______ condition than mine.
A. worse B. worst C. bad D. badly
6. A chimpanzee is a type of ape ______ most other apes.
A. smaller than B. smaller C. much small than D. smallest than
7. The New World Hotel is one of ________ hotels in Ho Chi Minh City.
A. the best expensive B. the more expensive
C. the most expensive D. the utmost expensive
8. The cakes my mother makes are ________ than the ones I do.
A. delicious B. more delicious C. more sweet D. worst
9. Today, most of everything seems _______ expensive than usual.
A. as B. more C. the most D. the more
10. This watch is _______ that one.
A. beautiful B. beautiful as C. as well as D. more beautiful than
11. The Queen of England is one of _______ women in the world.
A. the richest B. richest C. richer D. rich
12. That is the _______ difficult exercise I have done so far.
A. so B. as C. very D. most
13. Ha Noi is ________ city that I have ever been to.
A. the interesting B. most interesting
C. the more interesting D. the most interesting
14. ‘Jane doesn’t seem interested in learning to swim.’ – ‘You’re right. Betty is the
_______ of the two.’
A. most enthusiastic B. more enthusiastic
C. enthusiastic D. most enthusiast
15. ‘How was the exam?’ – ‘Well, it was quite easy - ________ we expected.’
A. more easy that B. more easy than C. easier than D. easier as
16. ‘John’s grades are really bad.’ – ‘Yes, but Tim’s are _______.’
A. worse B. worst C. badder D. so worse
17. In written English, you are _______ he is.
A. so good as B. as good as C. good as D. so good than
18. Of the three men, John is ________.
A. taller B. tallest C. the tallest D. the highest
19. It is ________ to talk about a problem than to solve it.
A. easiest B. easier C. more easier D. easy
20. This is _______ composition that I have ever read.
A. bad B. the worse C. worst D. the worst
21. Lan is the ________ of the two girls.
A. prettier B. more pretty C. prettiest D. more prettier

Page 125
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

22. It’s ______ to go by bus than by car.


A. cheaper B. cheapest C. more cheap D. more cheaper
23. Riding a car is ________ flying.
A. more dangerous as B. as dangerous than
C. as dangerous as D. most dangerous than
24. This living-room isn’t as ________ ours.
A. big as B. bigger C. bigger than D. biggest
25. His accent is ________ in the class.
A. worse B. the worse C. worst D. the worst
26. It’s ________ to go by bus than by car.
A. cheaper B. cheapest C. more cheap D. more cheaper
27. The museum is __________ of the two buildings.
A. taller B. the taller C. tallest D. the tallest
28. Which one is _______, this pen or that one?
A. good B. better C. well D. the most
29. The film is more _______ I thought.
A. interested B. interesting than
C. interesting D. interested than
30. Tom doesn’t travel ________ he used to.
A. as than B. more as C. as much than D. as much as

III. IT IS/WAS NOT UNTIL …. THAT ….


1. It was not until the thirteenth stroke _______ the bell stopped.
A. so that B. that C. before D. when
2. It was not until 1915 that __________.
A. the cinema has really become an industry
B. the cinema really became an industry
C. the cinema had really become an industry
D. the cinema really become an industry
3. It was not until _______ that she cooked the meal.
A. her father came home B. her father would come home
C. her father has come home D. her father comes home
4. It was not until midnight _______ back home.
A. did John come B. that John came
C. had John come D. that John had come
5. It was _____ out more evidence that they could leave their place.
A. not until the police find B. until they have found
C. not until the police found D. until they will find
6. __________ 1999 that he began to learn English.
A. Not until B. It was not until C. It’s until D. Not until later
7. It was not _____ 2002 that she ______ a teacher.
A. until / became B. until / has become
C. in / became D. in / had become
8. _________ John Lennon formed his first group, the Quarrymen.
A. It was not until 1956 that B. It was not until in 1956 that
C. That was until 1956 D. That was until in 1956
9. It was not until her father passed away __________.

Page 126
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. that she realized his love for her


B. that she had realized his love for her
C. when she realized his love for her
D. on that she had realized his love for her
10. It was not until I began to learn how to play the guitar __________.
A. that I had realized the interest of classical music.
B. that I realized the interest of classical music.
C. so that I realized the interest of classical music.
D. in order that I realized the interest of classical music.
11. ________ the Beatles first appeared on TV.
A. It is not until 1962 that B. It was not until 1962
C. It was not until 1962 that D. It was not until 1962 when
12. It was not until __________ Luthier Yuri Landman built the Moodswinger, a 12 string
overtone guitar.
A. in 2006 that B. in 2006 when C. 2006 that D. 2006 when
13. ________ Walt Disney drew the first Mickey Mouse cartoon.
A. Until 1928 B. It was in 1928 that
C. It was until 1928 when D. It was not until 1928 that
14. _________ the end of your life that you realize all your mistakes.
A. It was not until B. It is not until C. It was until D. It is until
15. It is not until he’s much older ___________.
A. when he made a real effort B. that he seems to make a real effort
C. that he seemed to make a real effort D. when he makes a real effort
16. ___________ that I realized that I had left my dictionary at home.
A. Not until I arrived at the classroom
B. It was until I arrived at the classroom
C. It is not until I arrive at the classroom
D. It was not until I arrived at the classroom

Rewrite Sentence, using “It was not until…………..”


1. She wasn’t a doctor until 1999.

2. They didn’t go to their country until the age of 20

3. We didn’t have a happy life until our son was born.

4. The girl couldn’t have a cell phone until she went to the college.

5. Jack didn’t notice me until I entered the university.

6. They couldn’t buy a new house until the bank had lent them the money.

7. The secretary didn’t know the new until she went to the office.

8. She couldn’t walk until she was 3.

9. These trees weren’t planted until 2000.

Page 127
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

10. The work on the new bridge wasn’t completed until the end of 2009.

11. The manager didn’t answer his phone call until he had phoned her the fourth.

12. The girl wasn’t interested about this story until she was 18

13. Tom didn’t sleep well until the midnight.

14. No one could come the party until 8p.m.

15. No thing was put in front of the yard until he shouted.

16. They didn’t pay the bill until the electricity was cut off.

17. Mary didn’t recover her confidence until that morning

18. My brother doesn’t arrive at the office until half past nine.

19. Mary isn’t working for the UN until 2004

20. The man doesn’t know how to ride a bicycle until 2011.

IV. WISH
1. She wishes her father ________ here now to help her.
A. has been B. is being C. is D. were
2. Julie goes to bed late. her mother wishes _______.
A. she went to bed early B. she went to bed late
C. she doesn’t go to bed late D. she goes to bed early
3. We wish we _____ a large house, but we can’t afford it now.
A. have B. had C. can have D. will have
4. I’m sorry I haven’t got any money on me. I wish I _______.
A. I have got no money on me B. I have some money on me
C. I had got no money on me D. I had some money on me
5. It’s a pity she didn’t take her doctor’s advice. She wishes ________.
A. she took her doctor’s advice B. she had taken her doctor’s advice
C. she takes her doctor’s advice D. she would take her doctor’s advice
6. My father is not free today. I wish ______.
A. my father is free today B. my father won’t be busy today
C. my father would be free today D. my father were free today
7. I’m afraid our team will lose the game today. I wish _______.
A. our team would win the game today B. our team won the game today
C. our team didn’t lose the game today D. our team had won the game today
8. My friends didn’t take part in the game. I wish _______.
A. My friends took part in the game
B. My friends would take part in the game
C. My friends did take part in the game
D. My friends had taken part in the game

Page 128
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

9. She wishes he ______ his letter of application earlier.


A. would write B. had written C. wrote D. would wrote
10. I wish you ______ make so much noise. I’m trying to work.
A. shouldn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. wouldn’t
11. She wishes she ______ to told you the bad news yesterday.
A. is not asked B. was not asked
C. were not asked D. had not been asked
12. My uncle wishes he ______ time when he was young.
A. wouldn’t waste B. didn’t waste C. hasn’t wasted D. hadn’t wasted
13. -Minh: you speak English very well. –Huong: Yes but I wish I _____ other languages
well, too.
A. can speak B. am speaking C. spoke D. speak
14. I wish we ____ shopping here together.
A. would go B. will go C. can go D. go
15. I’m not able to visit London. I wish I ______go there.
A. can B. will C. may D. could
16. I wish that the weather _______ not so warm.
A. be B. was C. are D. were
17. I’m sorry I missed your birthday party. I wish I _____ your birthday party.
A. wouldn’t miss B. didn’t miss C. hadn’t missed D. had missed
18. They will drink wine at the party. I wish they _____.
A. can not B. would not C. had not D. should not
19. I wish I _____ a trip to London last year.
A. had taken B. took C. will take D. take
20. What are you going to do next year? – I wish I _____ the answer to that question.
A. knew B. had known C. would know D. will know
21. Peter wished that he has gone to the party last week.
22. I wishes you had been at the meeting yesterday.
23. She wishes he will stop interrupting her whenever she speaks.
24. I wish I didn’t say that to him yesterday.
25. I wish my sister will go camping with me tomorrow.
26. I have a lot of work to do. I wish I have more time.
27. I really wish we can make a trip around the world.
28. He got bad marks. He wishes he reviewed his lesson carefully.

V. CLAUSES OF RESULT:
1. My mouth is burning! This is ___________ spicy food that I don’t think I can finish it.
A. such B. so C. very D. too
2. Our village had ____________ money available for education that the school had to
close.
A. so little B. such little C. so much D. such much
3. Timmy spent __________ money buying movie tickets that he didn’t have enough left
to buy a soft drink.
Page 129
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. such B. a lot of C. too much D. so much


4. It was _________that we went for a hike in the mountain.
A. so a nice day B. such nice a day
C. so nice a day D. such a day nice
5. There are not __________ jobs for all of us.
A. such B. so C. enough D. too
6. The T- shirt in the window was ________ expensive for me to buy.
A. too B. enough C. so D. very
7. _________ that she burst into tears.
A. So angry was she. B. She was so anger
C. Such her anger was D. So angry she was
8. Sarah speaks so ____________ that I can’t understand her.
A. fast B. fastly C. faster D. fastest
9. Mr. Brown has ________ many patient ________ he is always busy.
A. too – that B. very – until C. such – that D. so- that
10. The coat is __________for me to wear.
A. too large B. so much C. very much D. too much
11. The furniture was _________.
A. such expensive that I couldn’t buy it B. enough cheap for me to buy
C. so expense that I did buy it D. too expensive for me to buy
12. There are ________ planets in the universe that we can’t count them.
A. so much B. such C. so many D. so
13. Paul was ________ sad about his examination results that he didn’t smile all week.
A. enough B. so C. such D. too
14. The road is _______________.
A. so slippery that we drove fast B. so slippery for us to drive fast
C. too slippery for us to drive D. too slippery that we can’t drive fast.
15. Uranus is just _________ to be seen on a clear night with naked eyes.
A. bright enough B. enough brightly
C. as enough clear D. bright as enough
16. When Franklin Roosevelt decided to run for a fourth term, the opposite said that he
was_________.
A. so old B. too old C. oldest D. very older
17. Last Sunday it was _______ wet ______ we couldn’t go to the movies.
A. as – as B. more – than C. less – than D. so – that
18. The corresponding sentence “There are so many for me to do that...” is ___________
A. I have so many things to do that… B. Nobody has so many…
C. So many things are on me D. I do many things
19. He was _______ tired that he slept all days.
A. such B. too C. so D. very
20. It was _________ that we had gone for a walk.
A. such a beautiful weather B. such a nice weather
C. so nice a weather D. so beautiful a night
21. “The new mathematics teacher seems very pleasant”
“Yes, he’s __________ person”
A. a such nice B. a so nice C. such nice D. such a nice
22. “I find the local newspapers to be __________ uninformative”

Page 130
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

“Yes, there is hardly any international news”


A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
22. “Do you know why Eric failed her test?
“I don’t know. She spent_________ time studying.”
A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
23. “Wendy is really tall for her age.”
“She is ______tall that her friends make fun of her.”
A. so B. as C. that D. much
24. “What is your opinion of the Smiths?”
“They are _________ people”
A. such an interesting B. so interesting a
C. so interesting D. such interesting
25. “Did you like the band last night?”
“Yes, __________ I bought their records.”
A. so much that B. such much C. very much that D. too much that
26. “That is a beautiful dress Jean has on.”
“She always wears ___________ clothes.”
A. such a lovely B. so lovely
C. such lovely D. so much lovely
27. “I enjoy this particular radio station.”
“So do I. it always has _________ music.”
A. so good B. such a good C. such good D. a so good
28. “The dance was fun.”
“But there was__________ there.”
A. so many peoples B. such much people
C. so a lot of people D. so many people
29. “Main Market is a nice place.”
“They have _______we recommend it to all our friends.”
A. such good food that B. such a good food that
C. so good food that D. such as good food as
30. The cat was _________to wait for the mouse to come out.
A. patiently enough B. so patient C. enough patient D. patient enough
31. She told us ________ story that we all forgot about the time.
A. such an interesting B. such interesting a
C. so an interesting D. a so interesting
32. I have never seen __________ people in one place.
A. so much B. so many C. so much of D. this many of
33. We have heard __________about you.
A. so many news B. so much news C. a lot news D. few news
34. They were ______busy studying ______ they couldn’t go to the restaurant with us.
A. so – that B. such – that C. very – that D. to - that
35. If a house plant is given __________ water, its lower leaves turn yellow.
A. too many B. very many C. very much D. too much
36. The runners are ______exhausted that none of them finished the race.
A. too B. such C. enough D. so
37. So _________ people came that we had to cancel the meeting.
A. a few B. many C. little D. few

Page 131
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

38. The novel is _________ I have read many times.


A. so boring that B. so interesting that
C. such an interesting that D. so interesting that
39. She is not ___________ to get married.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too young D. so young
40. The boys are making too ________ noise.
A. many B. much C. little D. a lot of
41. That restaurant is _______ no one wants to eat there.
A. such dirty that B. so dirty that
C. too dirty for D. dirty enough for
42. It was _____ a difficult question that I couldn’t answer it.
A. so B. such C. too D. very
43. She was _______ girl that everybody loves her.
A. so kind B. kind a such C. such a kind D. too kind
44. We are not rich enough ________ everywhere by taxi.
A. not travel B. to travel C. for traveling D. can’t travel
45. Most of the students are ________ to pass the examination.
A. good enough B. enough good C. too good D. so good
46. It was ________ a boring speech that I fell asleep.
A. such B. so C. much D. too
47. They spoke _________ for us to understand.
A. quick enough B. so quickly C. quickly so D. quickly enough
48. It was _________ we spent the whole day at the beach.
A. such nice a weather that B. such nice weather that
C. so nice weather that D. so nice a weather that
49. He was _______ the job.
A. experienced enough to do B. enough experienced to do
C. experienced enough doing D. experienced to do enough
50. I have _________, but I don’t have time.
A. a vacation for a enough money B. money enough for vacation
C. enough money to vacation D. enough money for vacation

V. CLAUSES AND PHRASES OF PURPOSE:


1. The schoolboys are in a hurry ______ they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. for D. in order that
2. I gave him my e-mail address ______ he could keep in touch with me.
A. that B. so that C. such that D. so as to
3. We decided to join the English speaking club ______ improve our English.
A. so that B. so to C. in order D. to
4. ______ learn how to use a computer, he decides to take lessons.
A. To B. In order to C. So as D. A & B are correct
5. He walked silently ______ wake the other people.
A. to not B. to avoid C. so as to not D. in order not to
6. She wore glasses and a wig ______ we couldn’t recognise her.
A. so that B. so as to C. in order to D. B & C are correct
7. He locked the door ______ be disturbed.
A. in order not B. in order not to
Page 132
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

C. in order to not D. in order that he not


8.______ English fluently, we should practise speaking it whenever possible.
A. In order to speak B. To speaking
C. In order speak D. In order for speaking
9. The boy always does his homework before class ______ be punished by his teacher.
A. so as not to B. so as to C. so that not to D. in order that not to
10. Seat belt laws were introduced ______ traffic fatalities would be reduced.
A. in order that B. so as to C. such that D. provided that
11. She phoned me ______.
A. so that she invites me to her party C. to invite me to her party
B. that she invited me to her party D. for she wanted to invite me to her party
12. Mary took a taxi ______ she could arrive at the conference on time.
A. in order B. that C. so that D. A & B are correct
13. Mary put on her scarf ______ she ______ not get cold.
A. so that / will B. to / would C. so as to / will D. so that / would
14. I’ll give you my telephone number ______ phone me.
A. so that you can B. to C. want to D. A & B are correct
15. She worked hard ______ everything would be ready by 6 o’clock.
A. that B. for C. in order that D. so as to
16. I’m going to make an early start ______ get stuck in the traffic.
A. so that not B. to C. so as to not D. in order not to
17. I work hard ______ help my family.
A. so as to B. in order to C. in order that D. A & B are correct
18. My parents got up early this morning ______ park the car for our journey.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in case
19. They got up ______ early in the morning that no one saw them leave the house.
A. too B. so C. in order to D. such
20. She employed a secretary ______ type her letters and answer the phone.
A. in order that B. so that C. to D. for
21. He gave me his address __________me to visit.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
22. They whispered __________ no one to hear their conversation.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in order for
23. The piano was too heavy ______.
A. for nobody to move B. for nobody to moving
C. for anyone to move D. for anyone to moving
24. _______ to go to the cinema.
A. It was late so that B. That it was late
C. It was too late D. Such too late
25. It is such an important matter _______ I can’t decide anything about it myself.
A. so B. because C. that D. so that to
26. Mary jogs everyday ______ lose weight.
A. so she can B. so that she can
C. because she can D. so that to
27. She got up early _________ miss the bus.
A. in order that B. so that C. so as not to D. for
28. Mr. Thompson is learning Vietnamese __________ read Kim Van Kieu.

Page 133
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. so that not B. so as to C. in order not to D. so as not to


29. They hurried _______ catch the train.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
30. Tom is saving up __________ he can buy a new car.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as that
31. Alice prepares her lesson carefully ___________ she will get high marks in class.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. in order that
32. I went to see him ________find out what had happened.
A. so that not B. so as not to C. in order that D. so as to
33. He does morning exercises regularly __________ improve his health.
A. so as to B. and C. to not D. so as not to
34. We learn English _________ we will have better communication with other people.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
35. He lighted the candle ______ he might read the note.
A. so that B. and C. because D. as a result
36. He turned off the lights before going out _____ waste electricity.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as not to
37. The teacher explained the lesson twice _____ the students could understand it clearly.
A. as long as B. so that C. because D. as if
38. He practises speaking English every day _________ he can speak it fluently.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
39. They are learning English _______________ them to study in Singapore.
A. so as not to B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
40. He was tired _____________ he could not continue his work.
A. so that B. in order not to C. in order to D. in case
41. Those students are trying their best ____________ get the scholarship.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
42. Sound is carried from the eardrum to the nerves _____________ we can hear it.
A. so as to B. in order that C. to D. so as not to
43. In order to help human beings live longer and healthier, many scientists are working
hard __________ they can invent new drugs.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in order to
44. Many bridges in London are covered with wooden roofs _________ it can be protected
from rain and snow.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order that not D. in order that
45. Please arrive on time ________ us to be able to start the meeting punctually.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order for D. in order that
46. The laser beam can attack directly and accurately the diseased cells ___________ the
healthy neighbors are left unharmed.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in order to
47. My father and I do morning exercises every day ___________ improve our health.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
48. We learn English ________________ we can communicate with other people.
A. so that B. because C. that D. so that to
49. He studies very hard so that _______________ pass his final exam next month.
A. not to B. in order to C. so as not to D. so that to
50. ___________ waste electricity, we turn out the lights when there is enough light.

Page 134
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A. so B. so as not to C. that D. so that to

VI. CAUSITIVE FORM:


1. She’ll get Dustine ______________her hair
A. done B. do C. to do D. doing
2. She had her hair ___________ yesterday
A. done B. do C. to do D. doing
3. Have her ______________ these letters, please
A. type B. to type C. typed D. typing
4. He had his shoes _________________
A. mend B. to mend C. mending D. mended
5. Have the driver ______________ me up at 11:30.
A. picking B. to pick C. pick D. picked
6. You can not get him________________it.
A. done B. doing b do D. to do
7. I’ll have the boys _______________ the chairs.
A. paint B. to paint C. painted D. painting
8. I am going to have a new house ______________
A. build B. to build C. built D. building
9. Have these flowers ________________ to her office, please.
A. taken B. taking C. take D. to take
10. You should have your car ________________ before going
A. servicing B. to service C. service D. serviced
11. I’ll have a new dress _______________ for my daughter
A. making B. to make C. make D. made
12. Pupils should have their eyes ____________ regularly
A. tested B. to test C. test D. testing
13. Lisa had the roof ___________________yesterday
A. repair B. repaired C. to repair D. repairing
14. They have just had air conditioning _________________________in their house
A. install B. to install C. installed D. installing
15. Do you have a newspaper _____________to your home?
A. deliver B. delivered C. to deliver D. delivering
16. I have not had the film ___________________yet?
A. develop B. to develop C. developing D. developed
17. Bill is having his shoes _______________
A. shined B. to shine C. shining D. shine
18. She doesn’t like having her picture ____________
A. take B. taken C. taking D. to take
19. Fred had his hat _____________ off in the wind
A. blow B. blown C. blowing D. to blow
20. I’ll have another key _____________
A. made B. making C. to make D. make

VII. THE + ADJ

Page 135
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

1. The government should have special policies to help __________.


A. the disabled B. the disable C. the disability D. disablement
2. He invented a new kind of wheelchair for ___________.
A. the unemployed B. the poor C. the disabled D. the unhappy
3. _________ in a strike to ask for employment.
A. The unemployed B. Unemployed C. Employed D. The employed
4. The government is doing nothing to help _________.
A. the poor people B. the poor ones C. the poors D. the poor
5. _____________ in the accident yesterday morning were taken to hospital immediately.
A. The injure B. The injured C. The injury D. Injury
6. _____________ are often good at learning to play musical instruments.
A. Blind B. The dead C. The blind D. The sick
7. _____________ have the future in their hands.
A. Young B. Youth C. The youth D. The young
8. Kathy has been a nurse all her life. She has spent her life caring for __________.
A. ill B. the illness C. the sick D. sick
9. In England there is an old story about a man called Robin Hood. It is said that he robbed
__________ and gave money to ___________ .
A. rich/ poor B. the rich/ the poor C. the poor/the rich D. poo/ rich
10. Johnny is collecting money for ___________.
A. homeless B. the homeless C. the rich D. rich
11. Rich nations can afford to feed.....................
A. the hungry people  B. the hungry ones C. the hunger D the hungry
12. ..................... whose story appeared in this paper last week have now found a place to live.
A. The homeless  B. the homes   C. homeless   D. the home
13. The sick  …………….to be looked after. so money must be spent on hospitals.
A. need   B. needs C. to need D. needing
14. Some of  the young at the youth club here ……………… running in a marathon.
A.are B. is C. was D. has
15. Life is all right if you have a job, but the , are not so easy for....................... 
A. unemployed B. employed C. the unemployed D. the unemployed people
16. There was a fire at a nursing home in-Charles Street .................. who live there were hurt
A. old B. older C. elder D. the old
17. There is a special television program for  .................. every Sunday morning.
A. The deaf B. deafen C. the deaf ones D. deafer
18. The disabled of our party …………….. let in free.
A.Is B. was C. were D. has
19. People who have lots of money have comfortable lives.
A. The rich B. the poor C. the hungry D. the old
20. The rich ………….. comfortable Lives.
A. Is B.has C.gets D. have
21. We Five near special school for people who can't hear.
A.The rich B.the poor C.the hungry D.the deaf
22. The old soldiers were holding a service for those who had died.

Page 136
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

A.The dead B.the poor C.the hungry D.the old


23. The government should do more for people who do not have enough money
A.The rich B.the poor C.the hungry D.the old
24. People with severe disabilities need full-time care.
A.The disabled B.the poor C.the hungry D.the old
25. We need to provide more shelters for people who are without place to live.
A.The rich B.the homeless C.the hungry D.the old
26. Life must be hard for people who do not have a job in our society today.
A.The unemployed B.the deaf C.the dead D.the disabled
27. Braille. is a reading system for people who are unable to see.
A. The blind B.the deaf C.the dead D.the disabled

Page 137
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

IRREGULAR VERBS
1. be was/were been thì, là, mà, bị, ở
2. become became become trở nên
3. beat Beat Beaten gõ, đánh đập
4. begin began begun bắt đầu
5. bite Bit Bitten cắn
6.blow Blew Blown thổi
7. break broke Broken đập vỡ
8. bring brought Brought mang đến
9. build Built Built xây dựng
10. burn burned/burnt burned / burnt cháy, đốt cháy
11. buy Bought Bought Mua
12. catch Caught Caught bắt, chụp
13. choose Chose chosen lựa chọn
14. come Came come đến
15. cost cost cost có giá
16. cut cut cut cắt, chặt
17. do did done Làm
18. draw drew drawn vẽ
19. dream dreamed / dreamt dreamed / dreamt mơ ước, mơ thấy
20. drink drank drunk uống
21. drive drove driven lái xe
22. eat ate eaten Ăn
23. fall fell fallen ngã, rơi xuống
24. feel felt felt cảm thấy
25. fight fought fought đánh nhau
26. find found found tìm thấy
27. fly flew flown Bay
28. forget forgot forgotten quên
29. get got got / gotten có được
30. give gave given Cho
31. go went gone Đi
32. grow grew grown mọc, trồng
33. hang hung / hanged hung / hanged treo / treo cổ
34. have had had Có

Page 138
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

35. hear heard heard Nghe


36. hide hid hidden giấu
37. hit hit hit đánh
38. hold held held Tổ chức
39. hurt hurt hurt đau, tổn thương
40. keep kept kept giữ
41. know knew known biết, hiểu biết
42. leave left left để lại, rời khỏi
43. lend lent lent cho mượn
44. let let let cho phép,để cho
45. lie lay / lied lain / lied nằm / nói dối
46. light lit lit thắp sang
47. lose lost lost làm mất
48. make made made làm, chế tạo
49. mean meant meant có nghĩa, có ý nói
50. meet met met gặp mặt
51. pay paid paid trả tiền
52. put put put đặt để
53. read read read đọc
54. ride rode ridden lái xe, cưỡi ngựa
55. ring rang rung gọi điện thoại
56. rise rose risen mọc, tăng lên
57. run ran run chạy
58. say said said Nói
59. see saw seen nhìn thấy
60. sell sold sold Bán
61. send sent sent gởi
62. shake shook shaken rung lắc
63. shine shone shone chiếu sang
64. shoot shot shot bắn
65. show showed shown chỉ cho thấy
66. shut shut shut đóng cửa
67. sing sang sung Hát
68. sink sank sunk Chìm
69. sit sat sat ngồi

Page 139
Trườ ng THPT Nguyễn Hữ u Cả nh – Đề Cương 12 – HK 1

70. slay slew slain tàn sát, giết chết


71. sleep slept slept ngủ
72. smell smelt smelt ngửi, có mùi
73. speak spoke spoken nói chuyện
74. spell spelt / spelled spelt / spelled đánh vần
75. spend spent spent trải qua, chi tiêu
76. spread spread spread lan ra
77. steal stole stolen lấy cắp
dán dính, gắn, cài
78. stick stuck stuck
vào
79. swear swore sworn tuyên thề
80. sweep swept swept quét (nhà), lan rộng
81. swell swollen / swelled swollen / swelled phồng, sưng
82. swim swam swum Bơi
83. swing swung swung đong đưa
84. take took taken lấy
85. teach taught taught dạy học
86. tear tore torn xé rách
87. tell told told nói, kể ,bảo
88. think thought thought nghĩ, suy nghĩ
89. throw threw thrown Ném
90. understand understood understood hiểu
91. wake woke / waked woken / waked thức giấc
92. wear wore worn mặc, mang quần áo
93. weep wept wept Khóc
94. win won won thắng ; chiến thắng
95. write wrote written viết

Page 140

You might also like